blob: 400ecf158d0af4b6f15693b1503f137319512877 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000017static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
18static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000019static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
20
21/*
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
23 */
24 int
25get_indent()
26{
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
28}
29
30/*
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
32 */
33 int
34get_indent_lnum(lnum)
35 linenr_T lnum;
36{
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
38}
39
40#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
41/*
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
43 * "buf".
44 */
45 int
46get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
47 buf_T *buf;
48 linenr_T lnum;
49{
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
51}
52#endif
53
54/*
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
57 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000058 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
60 char_u *ptr;
61 int ts;
62{
63 int count = 0;
64
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
66 {
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
71 else
72 break;
73 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000074 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000075}
76
77/*
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
81 * "flags":
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
86 */
87 int
88set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000089 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090 int flags;
91{
92 char_u *p;
93 char_u *newline;
94 char_u *oldline;
95 char_u *s;
96 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000097 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098 int line_len;
99 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000101 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000102 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105
106 /*
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
108 * characters needed for the indent.
109 */
110 todo = size;
111 ind_len = 0;
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
113
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
115 * isn't already set */
116
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000159 {
160 doit = TRUE;
161 todo -= tab_pad;
162 ++ind_len;
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
164 }
165 }
166
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
169 {
170 if (*p != TAB)
171 doit = TRUE;
172 else
173 ++p;
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
175 ++ind_len;
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
177 }
178 }
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
180 while (todo > 0)
181 {
182 if (*p != ' ')
183 doit = TRUE;
184 else
185 ++p;
186 --todo;
187 ++ind_len;
188 /* ++ind_done; */
189 }
190
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
193 return FALSE;
194
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
197 p = oldline;
198 else
199 p = skipwhite(p);
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000201
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000206 {
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
208 if (newline == NULL)
209 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000210 todo = size - ind_done;
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
212 * characters, which may have been
213 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000221
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
223 * than old) */
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000226
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000227 }
228 else
229 {
230 todo = size;
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
232 if (newline == NULL)
233 return FALSE;
234 s = newline;
235 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000236
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
240 {
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
244 {
245 p = oldline;
246 ind_done = 0;
247
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
249 {
250 if (*p == TAB)
251 {
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
256 break;
257 todo -= tab_pad;
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
259 }
260 else
261 {
262 --todo;
263 ++ind_done;
264 }
265 *s++ = *p++;
266 }
267
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
271 {
272 *s++ = TAB;
273 todo -= tab_pad;
274 }
275
276 p = skipwhite(p);
277 }
278
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
280 {
281 *s++ = TAB;
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
283 }
284 }
285 while (todo > 0)
286 {
287 *s++ = ' ';
288 --todo;
289 }
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
291
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
294 {
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000302 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000303 }
304 else
305 vim_free(newline);
306
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000308 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000309}
310
311/*
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
315 */
316 static int
317copy_indent(size, src)
318 int size;
319 char_u *src;
320{
321 char_u *p = NULL;
322 char_u *line = NULL;
323 char_u *s;
324 int todo;
325 int ind_len;
326 int line_len = 0;
327 int tab_pad;
328 int ind_done;
329 int round;
330
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
334 {
335 todo = size;
336 ind_len = 0;
337 ind_done = 0;
338 s = src;
339
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
342 {
343 if (*s == TAB)
344 {
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
349 break;
350 todo -= tab_pad;
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
352 }
353 else
354 {
355 --todo;
356 ++ind_done;
357 }
358 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000359 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000360 *p++ = *s;
361 ++s;
362 }
363
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
367 {
368 todo -= tab_pad;
369 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000370 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000371 *p++ = TAB;
372 }
373
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
376 {
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
378 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000379 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000380 *p++ = TAB;
381 }
382
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
384 while (todo > 0)
385 {
386 --todo;
387 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000388 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 *p++ = ' ';
390 }
391
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 {
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
395 * and the rest of the line. */
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
398 if (line == NULL)
399 return FALSE;
400 p = line;
401 }
402 }
403
404 /* Append the original line */
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
406
407 /* Replace the line */
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
409
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
412 return TRUE;
413}
414
415/*
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000419 */
420 int
421get_number_indent(lnum)
422 linenr_T lnum;
423{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000424 colnr_T col;
425 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000427
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
429 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 pos.lnum = 0;
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
433 {
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000436 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000438 {
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
441#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
442 pos.coladd = 0;
443#endif
444 }
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
446 }
447
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000449 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
451 return (int)col;
452}
453
454#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
455
456static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
457
458/*
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
460 */
461 static int
462cin_is_cinword(line)
463 char_u *line;
464{
465 char_u *cinw;
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
467 int cinw_len;
468 int retval = FALSE;
469 int len;
470
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
474 {
475 line = skipwhite(line);
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
477 {
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
481 {
482 retval = TRUE;
483 break;
484 }
485 }
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
487 }
488 return retval;
489}
490#endif
491
492/*
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
494 *
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
497 *
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
500 * new line.
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
505 *
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
507 */
508 int
509open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
511 int flags;
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
513{
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
522 int n;
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
525#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
530#endif
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
532#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
534 char_u *p;
535#endif
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
537#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 pos_T *pos;
539#endif
540#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
542# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
544# endif
545 );
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
548#endif
549#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
550 int vreplace_mode;
551#endif
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
554
555 /*
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
557 */
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
560 return FALSE;
561
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564 {
565 /*
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
573 */
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
576 else
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
579 goto theend;
580
581 /*
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
586 * etc) a bit later.
587 */
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
589 replace_push(NUL);
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
591 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000592 {
593#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
594 if (has_mbyte)
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
596 else
597#endif
598 replace_push(*p++);
599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
601 }
602#endif
603
604 if ((State & INSERT)
605#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
607#endif
608 )
609 {
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
611#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
613 {
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
615 first_char = *p;
616 }
617#endif
618#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
620#endif
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
622 *p_extra = NUL;
623 }
624
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
626#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
627 did_si = FALSE;
628#endif
629 ai_col = 0;
630
631 /*
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
635 */
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
638
639 /*
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
641 * indent to use for the new line.
642 */
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
644#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
645 || do_si
646#endif
647 )
648 {
649 /*
650 * count white space on current line
651 */
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
653 if (newindent == 0)
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
655
656#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
657 /*
658 * Do smart indenting.
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
662 * "if (condition) {"
663 */
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
666 {
667 char_u *ptr;
668 char_u last_char;
669
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
671 ptr = saved_line;
672# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
675 else
676 lead_len = 0;
677# endif
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
679 {
680 /*
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
682 * recognised as comments.
683 */
684 if (
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 lead_len == 0 &&
687# endif
688 ptr[0] == '#')
689 {
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
692 newindent = get_indent();
693 }
694# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
697 else
698 lead_len = 0;
699 if (lead_len > 0)
700 {
701 /*
702 * This case gets the following right:
703 * \*
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
705 * *\
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
707 * This should line up here;
708 */
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
711 p++;
712 if (p[0] == '*')
713 {
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
715 {
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
717 {
718 /*
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
720 * with the line containing the start of
721 * the comment
722 */
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
725 {
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
727 newindent = get_indent();
728 }
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733 else /* Not a comment line */
734# endif
735 {
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
739 --p;
740 last_char = *p;
741
742 /*
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
744 */
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
746 {
747 if (p > ptr)
748 --p;
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
750 --p;
751 }
752 /*
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
754 * lines. eg:
755 * if (condition &&
756 * condition) {
757 * Should line up here!
758 * }
759 */
760 if (*p == ')')
761 {
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
764 {
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
766 newindent = get_indent();
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
768 }
769 }
770 /*
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
773 */
774 if (last_char == '{')
775 {
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
778 }
779 /*
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
782 * '}'.
783 */
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
786 did_si = TRUE;
787 }
788 }
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
790 {
791 /*
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
793 * recognised as comments.
794 */
795 if (
796# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
797 lead_len == 0 &&
798# endif
799 ptr[0] == '#')
800 {
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
802
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
805 {
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
808 else
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
811 }
812 if (was_backslashed)
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
814 else
815 newindent = get_indent();
816 }
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
819 did_si = TRUE;
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
822 }
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
824 }
825 if (do_si)
826 can_si = TRUE;
827#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
828
829 did_ai = TRUE;
830 }
831
832#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
833 /*
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
836 */
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
840 else
841 lead_len = 0;
842 if (lead_len > 0)
843 {
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
850 int current_flag;
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
852 char_u *p2;
853
854 /*
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
857 */
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
859 {
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
861 {
862 require_blank = TRUE;
863 continue;
864 }
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
866 {
867 current_flag = *p;
868 if (*p == COM_START)
869 {
870 /*
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
872 */
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
874 {
875 lead_len = 0;
876 break;
877 }
878
879 /* find start of middle part */
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
881 require_blank = FALSE;
882 }
883
884 /*
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
886 */
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
888 {
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
890 require_blank = TRUE;
891 ++p;
892 }
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
896 {
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
900 ++p;
901 }
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
903
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
906
907 /*
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
909 * the comment leader.
910 */
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
912 {
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
915 {
916 comment_end = p;
917 lead_len = 0;
918 break;
919 }
920 }
921
922 /*
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
924 */
925 if (lead_len > 0)
926 {
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
928 {
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
931 }
932
933 /*
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
936 * comment leader on the next line.
937 */
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
941 || (p_extra == NULL
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
943 || require_blank))
944 extra_space = TRUE;
945 }
946 break;
947 }
948 if (*p == COM_END)
949 {
950 /*
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
953 * start (for C-comments).
954 */
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
956 {
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
958 lead_len = 0;
959 break;
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
965 */
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
967 --p;
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
970 ;
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
972
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
974 * the comment-end */
975 extra_space = TRUE;
976
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
979 {
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
982 }
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
984 {
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
987 p2++;
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
989 }
990 break;
991 }
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
993 {
994 /*
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
997 */
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
999 lead_len = 0;
1000 else
1001 {
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
1004 }
1005 break;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 if (lead_len)
1009 {
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1012 extra_len + 1);
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1014
1015 if (leader == NULL)
1016 lead_len = 0;
1017 else
1018 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020
1021 /*
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1023 */
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1025 {
1026 int c = 0;
1027 int off = 0;
1028
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030 {
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001032 c = *p++;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001035 else
1036 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 }
1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1039 {
1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1043 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001044 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001045
1046#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1049 {
1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1051 lead_repl_len);
1052 int old_size = 0;
1053 char_u *endp = p;
1054 int l;
1055
1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1057 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001059 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1060 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001062 if (l != 0)
1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1065 lead_len += l;
1066 }
1067#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1069 p = leader;
1070 else
1071 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001072#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1076
1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1078 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001079 {
1080#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1082
1083 if (l > 1)
1084 {
1085 p -= l;
1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1087 {
1088 p[1] = ' ';
1089 --l;
1090 }
1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1093 lead_len -= l;
1094 *p = ' ';
1095 }
1096 else
1097#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1099 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101 }
1102 else /* left adjusted leader */
1103 {
1104 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001105#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1108 * not to be overwritten. */
1109 {
1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1111 lead_repl_len);
1112 int i;
1113 int l;
1114
1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1116 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1119 break;
1120 }
1121 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1122 {
1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
Bram Moolenaar2d7ff052009-11-17 15:08:26 +00001124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader)));
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1126 }
1127 }
1128#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1130
1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1133 * remain the same. */
1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1136 {
1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1139 {
1140 --lead_len;
1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1142 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1143 }
1144 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001145 {
1146#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001148
1149 if (l > 1)
1150 {
1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1152 {
1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1154 * two spaces */
1155 --l;
1156 *p++ = ' ';
1157 }
1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1159 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1160 lead_len -= l - 1;
1161 }
1162#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001164 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001165 }
1166 *p = NUL;
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1171#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1172 || do_si
1173#endif
1174 )
1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1176
1177 /* Add the indent offset */
1178 if (newindent + off < 0)
1179 {
1180 off = -newindent;
1181 newindent = 0;
1182 }
1183 else
1184 newindent += off;
1185
1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1187 * alignment remains equal. */
1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1190 {
1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1193 break;
1194 --lead_len;
1195 --off;
1196 }
1197
1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1199 * extra space */
1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1201 extra_space = FALSE;
1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1203 }
1204
1205 if (extra_space)
1206 {
1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1209 }
1210
1211 newcol = lead_len;
1212
1213 /*
1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1215 * is in the comment leader
1216 */
1217 if (newindent
1218#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1219 || did_si
1220#endif
1221 )
1222 {
1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1224 {
1225 --lead_len;
1226 --newcol;
1227 ++leader;
1228 }
1229 }
1230
1231 }
1232#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1234#endif
1235 }
1236 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1237 {
1238 /*
1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1242 * comment.
1243 */
1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1246#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1247 || do_si
1248#endif
1249 ))
1250 {
1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1254 {
1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1256 newindent = get_indent();
1257 }
1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1259 }
1260 }
1261 }
1262#endif
1263
1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1265 if (p_extra != NULL)
1266 {
1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1268
1269 /*
1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1271 * non-blank.
1272 *
1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1275 */
1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1279 {
1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1281#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1282 && (!enc_utf8
1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1284#endif
1285 )
1286 {
1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1288 replace_push(*p_extra);
1289 ++p_extra;
1290 ++less_cols_off;
1291 }
1292 }
1293 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1295
1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1298 }
1299
1300 if (p_extra == NULL)
1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1302
1303#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1305 if (lead_len)
1306 {
1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1308 p_extra = leader;
1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1310 less_cols -= lead_len;
1311 }
1312 else
1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1314#endif
1315
1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1317 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1319#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1321#endif
1322 {
1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1324 == FAIL)
1325 goto theend;
1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1327 * with markers. */
1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1329 did_append = TRUE;
1330 }
1331#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1332 else
1333 {
1334 /*
1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1336 */
1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1339 {
1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1342 */
1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1344 vr_lines_changed++;
1345 }
1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1349 did_append = FALSE;
1350 }
1351#endif
1352
1353 if (newindent
1354#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1355 || did_si
1356#endif
1357 )
1358 {
1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1360#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1361 if (did_si)
1362 {
1363 if (p_sr)
1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1366 }
1367#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001368 /* Copy the indent */
1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001370 {
1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1372
1373 /*
1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1377 */
1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1379 }
1380 else
1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383
1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1385
1386 /*
1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1389 */
1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1392 replace_push(NUL);
1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1394#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1395 if (no_si)
1396 did_si = FALSE;
1397#endif
1398 }
1399
1400#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1401 /*
1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1404 */
1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1406 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1407 replace_push(NUL);
1408#endif
1409
1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1411
1412 if (dir == FORWARD)
1413 {
1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1415 {
1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1422 saved_line = NULL;
1423 if (did_append)
1424 {
1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1427 did_append = FALSE;
1428
1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1433 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1434 }
1435 else
1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1437 }
1438
1439 /*
1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1442 */
1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1444 }
1445 if (did_append)
1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1447
1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1449#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1451#endif
1452
1453#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1454 /*
1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1457 * normal INSERT mode.
1458 */
1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1460 {
1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1462 State = INSERT;
1463 }
1464 else
1465 vreplace_mode = 0;
1466#endif
1467#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1468 /*
1469 * May do lisp indenting.
1470 */
1471 if (!p_paste
1472# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1473 && leader == NULL
1474# endif
1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1477 {
1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1479 p = ml_get_curline();
1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1481 }
1482#endif
1483#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1484 /*
1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1486 */
1487 if (!p_paste
1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1489# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1491# endif
1492 )
1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1496 {
1497 do_c_expr_indent();
1498 p = ml_get_curline();
1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1500 }
1501#endif
1502#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1504 State = vreplace_mode;
1505#endif
1506
1507#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1508 /*
1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1512 */
1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1514 {
1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1517 if (p_extra == NULL)
1518 goto theend;
1519
1520 /* Put back original line */
1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1522
1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1525#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1527#endif
1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1529 vim_free(p_extra);
1530 next_line = NULL;
1531 }
1532#endif
1533
1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1535theend:
1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1537 vim_free(saved_line);
1538 vim_free(next_line);
1539 vim_free(allocated);
1540 return retval;
1541}
1542
1543#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1544/*
1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1547 * returned.
1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1549 * comment leader.
1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1551 */
1552 int
1553get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1554 char_u *line;
1555 char_u **flags;
1556 int backward;
1557{
1558 int i, j;
1559 int got_com = FALSE;
1560 int found_one;
1561 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1562 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1563 char_u *list;
1564
1565 i = 0;
1566 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1567 ++i;
1568
1569 /*
1570 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1571 */
1572 while (line[i])
1573 {
1574 /*
1575 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1576 */
1577 found_one = FALSE;
1578 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1579 {
1580 /*
1581 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1582 * put string at start of string.
1583 */
1584 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1585 *flags = list;
1586 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1587 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1588 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1589 continue;
1590 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1591
1592 /*
1593 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1594 * nested comments.
1595 */
1596 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1597 continue;
1598
1599 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1600 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1601 continue;
1602
1603 /*
1604 * Line contents and string must match.
1605 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1606 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1607 * TABs and spaces).
1608 */
1609 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1610 {
1611 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1612 continue;
1613 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1614 ++string;
1615 }
1616 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1617 ;
1618 if (string[j] != NUL)
1619 continue;
1620
1621 /*
1622 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1623 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1624 */
1625 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1626 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1627 continue;
1628
1629 /*
1630 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1631 */
1632 i += j;
1633 got_com = TRUE;
1634 found_one = TRUE;
1635 break;
1636 }
1637
1638 /*
1639 * No match found, stop scanning.
1640 */
1641 if (!found_one)
1642 break;
1643
1644 /*
1645 * Include any trailing white space.
1646 */
1647 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1648 ++i;
1649
1650 /*
1651 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1652 */
1653 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1654 break;
1655 }
1656 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1657}
1658#endif
1659
1660/*
1661 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1662 */
1663 int
1664plines(lnum)
1665 linenr_T lnum;
1666{
1667 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1668}
1669
1670 int
1671plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1672 win_T *wp;
1673 linenr_T lnum;
1674 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1675{
1676#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1677 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1678 * is one line anyway. */
1679 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1680}
1681
1682 int
1683plines_nofill(lnum)
1684 linenr_T lnum;
1685{
1686 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1687}
1688
1689 int
1690plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1691 win_T *wp;
1692 linenr_T lnum;
1693 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1694{
1695#endif
1696 int lines;
1697
1698 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1699 return 1;
1700
1701#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1702 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1703 return 1;
1704#endif
1705
1706#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1707 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1708 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1709 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1710 return 1;
1711#endif
1712
1713 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1714 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1715 return (int)wp->w_height;
1716 return lines;
1717}
1718
1719/*
1720 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1721 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1722 */
1723 int
1724plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1725 win_T *wp;
1726 linenr_T lnum;
1727{
1728 char_u *s;
1729 long col;
1730 int width;
1731
1732 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1733 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1734 return 1;
1735 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1736
1737 /*
1738 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1739 * extra column.
1740 */
1741 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1742 col += 1;
1743
1744 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001745 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001746 */
1747 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1748 if (width <= 0)
1749 return 32000;
1750 if (col <= width)
1751 return 1;
1752 col -= width;
1753 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1754 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1755}
1756
1757/*
1758 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1759 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1760 */
1761 int
1762plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1763 win_T *wp;
1764 linenr_T lnum;
1765 long column;
1766{
1767 long col;
1768 char_u *s;
1769 int lines = 0;
1770 int width;
1771
1772#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1773 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1774 * is one line anyway. */
1775 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1776#endif
1777
1778 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1779 return lines + 1;
1780
1781#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1782 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1783 return lines + 1;
1784#endif
1785
1786 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1787
1788 col = 0;
1789 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1790 {
1791 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001792 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001793 }
1794
1795 /*
1796 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1797 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1798 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1799 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1800 * 'ts') -- webb.
1801 */
1802 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1803 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1804
1805 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001806 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001807 */
1808 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001809 if (width <= 0)
1810 return 9999;
1811
1812 lines += 1;
1813 if (col > width)
1814 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1815 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001816}
1817
1818 int
1819plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1820 win_T *wp;
1821 linenr_T first, last;
1822{
1823 int count = 0;
1824
1825 while (first <= last)
1826 {
1827#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1828 int x;
1829
1830 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1831 * that are maybe folded. */
1832 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1833 if (x > 0)
1834 {
1835 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1836 first += x;
1837 }
1838 else
1839#endif
1840 {
1841#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1842 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1843 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1844 else
1845#endif
1846 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1847 ++first;
1848 }
1849 }
1850 return (count);
1851}
1852
1853#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1854/*
1855 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1856 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1857 */
1858 void
1859ins_bytes(p)
1860 char_u *p;
1861{
1862 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1863}
1864#endif
1865
1866#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1867 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1868/*
1869 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1870 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1871 */
1872 void
1873ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1874 char_u *p;
1875 int len;
1876{
1877 int i;
1878# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1879 int n;
1880
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001881 if (has_mbyte)
1882 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1883 {
1884 if (enc_utf8)
1885 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
1886 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
1887 else
1888 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
1889 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1890 }
1891 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001892# endif
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001893 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1894 ins_char(p[i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001895}
1896#endif
1897
1898/*
1899 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1900 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1901 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1902 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1903 * convert bytes to a character.
1904 */
1905 void
1906ins_char(c)
1907 int c;
1908{
1909#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1910 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1911 int n;
1912
1913 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1914
1915 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1916 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1917 if (buf[0] == 0)
1918 buf[0] = '\n';
1919
1920 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1921}
1922
1923 void
1924ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1925 char_u *buf;
1926 int charlen;
1927{
1928 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001929#endif
1930 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1931 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1932 char_u *p;
1933 char_u *newp;
1934 char_u *oldp;
1935 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1936 colnr_T col;
1937 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1938 int i;
1939
1940#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1941 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1942 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1943 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1944#endif
1945
1946 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1947 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1948 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1949
1950 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1951 oldlen = 0;
1952#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1953 newlen = charlen;
1954#else
1955 newlen = 1;
1956#endif
1957
1958 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1959 {
1960#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1961 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1962 {
1963 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1964 colnr_T vcol;
1965 int old_list;
1966#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1967 char_u buf[2];
1968#endif
1969
1970 /*
1971 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1972 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1973 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1974 */
1975 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1976 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1977 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1978
1979 /*
1980 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1981 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1982 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1983 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1984 */
1985 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1986#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1987 buf[0] = c;
1988 buf[1] = NUL;
1989#endif
1990 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1991 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1992 {
1993 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1994 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1995 * position. */
1996 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1997 break;
1998#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001999 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002000#else
2001 ++oldlen;
2002#endif
2003 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2004 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2005 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2006 }
2007 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2008 }
2009 else
2010#endif
2011 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2012 {
2013 /* normal replace */
2014#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002015 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002016#else
2017 oldlen = 1;
2018#endif
2019 }
2020
2021
2022 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2023 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2024 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2025 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2026 replace_push(NUL);
2027 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2028 {
2029#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002030 if (has_mbyte)
2031 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2032 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002034 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035 }
2036 }
2037
2038 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2039 if (newp == NULL)
2040 return;
2041
2042 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2043 if (col > 0)
2044 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2045
2046 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2047 p = newp + col;
2048 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2049 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2050
2051 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2052#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2053 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2054 i = charlen;
2055#else
2056 *p = c;
2057 i = 1;
2058#endif
2059
2060 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2061 while (i < newlen)
2062 p[i++] = ' ';
2063
2064 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2065 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2066
2067 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2068 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2069
2070 /*
2071 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2072 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2073 */
2074 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2075 && msg_silent == 0
2076#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2077 && charlen == 1
2078#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002079#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2080 && !ins_compl_active()
2081#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002082 )
2083 showmatch(c);
2084
2085#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2086 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2087#endif
2088 {
2089 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2090#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2091 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2092#else
2093 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2094#endif
2095 }
2096 /*
2097 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2098 */
2099}
2100
2101/*
2102 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2103 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2104 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2105 */
2106 void
2107ins_str(s)
2108 char_u *s;
2109{
2110 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2111 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2112 int oldlen;
2113 colnr_T col;
2114 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2115
2116#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2117 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2118 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2119#endif
2120
2121 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2122 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2123 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2124
2125 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2126 if (newp == NULL)
2127 return;
2128 if (col > 0)
2129 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2130 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2131 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2132 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2133 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2134 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2135}
2136
2137/*
2138 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2139 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2140 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2141 *
2142 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2143 */
2144 int
2145del_char(fixpos)
2146 int fixpos;
2147{
2148#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2149 if (has_mbyte)
2150 {
2151 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2152 mb_adjust_cursor();
2153 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2154 return FAIL;
2155 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2156 }
2157#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002158 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002159}
2160
2161#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2162/*
2163 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2164 */
2165 int
2166del_chars(count, fixpos)
2167 long count;
2168 int fixpos;
2169{
2170 long bytes = 0;
2171 long i;
2172 char_u *p;
2173 int l;
2174
2175 p = ml_get_cursor();
2176 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2177 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002178 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179 bytes += l;
2180 p += l;
2181 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002182 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183}
2184#endif
2185
2186/*
2187 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2188 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2189 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2190 *
2191 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2192 */
2193 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002194del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002195 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002196 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar78a15312009-05-15 19:33:18 +00002197 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002198{
2199 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2200 colnr_T oldlen;
2201 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2202 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2203 int was_alloced;
2204 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002205 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002206
2207 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2208 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2209
2210 /*
2211 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2212 */
2213 if (col >= oldlen)
2214 return FAIL;
2215
2216#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2217 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2218 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002219 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2220 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002221 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002222 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223 int n;
2224
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002225 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2226 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002227 {
2228 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2229 n = col;
2230 do
2231 {
2232 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002233 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002234 n += count;
2235 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2236 fixpos = 0;
2237 }
2238 }
2239#endif
2240
2241 /*
2242 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2243 */
2244 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2245 if (movelen <= 1)
2246 {
2247 /*
2248 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002249 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2250 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002251 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002252 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2253#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2254 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2255#endif
2256 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002257 {
2258 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2259#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2260 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2261#endif
2262#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2263 if (has_mbyte)
2264 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2265 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2266#endif
2267 }
2268 count = oldlen - col;
2269 movelen = 1;
2270 }
2271
2272 /*
2273 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2274 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002275 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2276 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02002277 * care of notifying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002278 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaarb26e6322010-05-22 21:34:09 +02002280 if (netbeans_active())
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002281 was_alloced = FALSE;
2282 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002283#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002284 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002285 if (was_alloced)
2286 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2287 else
2288 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2289 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2290 if (newp == NULL)
2291 return FAIL;
2292 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2293 }
2294 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2295 if (!was_alloced)
2296 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2297
2298 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2299 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2300
2301 return OK;
2302}
2303
2304/*
2305 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2306 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2307 *
2308 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2309 */
2310 int
2311truncate_line(fixpos)
2312 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2313{
2314 char_u *newp;
2315 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2316 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2317
2318 if (col == 0)
2319 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2320 else
2321 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2322
2323 if (newp == NULL)
2324 return FAIL;
2325
2326 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2327
2328 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2329 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2330
2331 /*
2332 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2333 */
2334 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2335 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2336
2337 return OK;
2338}
2339
2340/*
2341 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2342 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2343 */
2344 void
2345del_lines(nlines, undo)
2346 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2347 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2348{
2349 long n;
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002350 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002351
2352 if (nlines <= 0)
2353 return;
2354
2355 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002356 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002357 return;
2358
2359 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2360 {
2361 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2362 break;
2363
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002364 ml_delete(first, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002365 ++n;
2366
2367 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002368 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002369 break;
2370 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002372 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may
2373 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002374 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2375 check_cursor_lnum();
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002376
2377 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2378 deleted_lines_mark(first, n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002379}
2380
2381 int
2382gchar_pos(pos)
2383 pos_T *pos;
2384{
2385 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2386
2387#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2388 if (has_mbyte)
2389 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2390#endif
2391 return (int)*ptr;
2392}
2393
2394 int
2395gchar_cursor()
2396{
2397#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2398 if (has_mbyte)
2399 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2400#endif
2401 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2402}
2403
2404/*
2405 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2406 * It is directly written into the block.
2407 */
2408 void
2409pchar_cursor(c)
2410 int c;
2411{
2412 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2413 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2414}
2415
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002416/*
2417 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2418 * non-blank in the line.
2419 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2420 * the line.
2421 */
2422 int
2423inindent(extra)
2424 int extra;
2425{
2426 char_u *ptr;
2427 colnr_T col;
2428
2429 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2430 ++ptr;
2431 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2432 return TRUE;
2433 else
2434 return FALSE;
2435}
2436
2437/*
2438 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2439 */
2440 char_u *
2441skip_to_option_part(p)
2442 char_u *p;
2443{
2444 if (*p == ',')
2445 ++p;
2446 while (*p == ' ')
2447 ++p;
2448 return p;
2449}
2450
2451/*
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002452 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002453 *
2454 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2455 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002456 *
2457 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002458 */
2459 void
2460changed()
2461{
2462#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2463 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2464 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2465 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2466 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2467 return;
2468 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2469#endif
2470
2471 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2472 {
2473 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2474
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002475 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2476 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002477 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002478
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002479 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2480 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2481 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2482#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2483 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2484#endif
2485 )
2486 {
2487 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2488
2489 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2490 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2491 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2492 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2493 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2494 {
2495 out_flush();
2496 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2497 wait_return(TRUE);
2498 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2499 }
2500 }
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002501 changed_int();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002502 }
2503 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002504}
2505
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002506/*
2507 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction.
2508 */
2509 void
2510changed_int()
2511{
2512 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
2513 ml_setflags(curbuf);
2514#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2515 check_status(curbuf);
2516 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
2517#endif
2518#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2519 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2520#endif
2521}
2522
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002523static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2524static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002525static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2526
2527/*
2528 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2529 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2530 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2531 * - invalidates cached values
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002532 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002533 */
2534 void
2535changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2536 linenr_T lnum;
2537 colnr_T col;
2538{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002539 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002540 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002541
2542#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2543 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2544 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2545 {
2546 win_T *wp;
2547 linenr_T wlnum;
2548
2549 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2550 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2551 {
2552 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2553 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2554 if (wlnum > 0)
2555 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2556 }
2557 }
2558#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002559}
2560
2561 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002562changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2563 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002564 linenr_T lnum;
2565{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002566 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002567 {
2568 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002569 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2570 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2571 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2572 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002573 }
2574 else
2575 {
2576 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002577 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2578 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2579 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2580 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002581 }
2582}
2583
2584/*
2585 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2586 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2587 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2588 */
2589 void
2590appended_lines(lnum, count)
2591 linenr_T lnum;
2592 long count;
2593{
2594 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2595}
2596
2597/*
2598 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2599 */
2600 void
2601appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2602 linenr_T lnum;
2603 long count;
2604{
2605 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2606 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2607}
2608
2609/*
2610 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2611 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2612 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2613 */
2614 void
2615deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2616 linenr_T lnum;
2617 long count;
2618{
2619 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2620}
2621
2622/*
2623 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002624 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may
2625 * be triggered to display the cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002626 */
2627 void
2628deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2629 linenr_T lnum;
2630 long count;
2631{
2632 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2633 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2634}
2635
2636/*
2637 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2638 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2639 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2640 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2641 * - invalidate cached values
2642 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2643 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2644 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2645 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002646 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002647 */
2648 void
2649changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2650 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2651 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2652 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2653 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2654{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002655 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2656
2657#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2658 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2659 {
2660 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2661 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2662 * displaying. */
2663 win_T *wp;
2664 linenr_T wlnum;
2665
2666 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2667 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2668 {
2669 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2670 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2671 if (wlnum > 0)
2672 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2673 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2674 }
2675 }
2676#endif
2677
2678 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2679}
2680
2681 static void
2682changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2683 buf_T *buf;
2684 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2685 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2686 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2687{
2688 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002689 {
2690 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002691 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2692 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2693 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002694 {
2695 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002696 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2697 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2698 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002699 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002700 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2701 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2702 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002703 }
2704 else
2705 {
2706 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002707 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2708 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2709 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2710 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002711 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002712}
2713
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002714/*
2715 * Common code for when a change is was made.
2716 * See changed_lines() for the arguments.
2717 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
2718 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002719 static void
2720changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2721 linenr_T lnum;
2722 colnr_T col;
2723 linenr_T lnume;
2724 long xtra;
2725{
2726 win_T *wp;
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002727#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2728 tabpage_T *tp;
2729#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002730 int i;
2731#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2732 int cols;
2733 pos_T *p;
2734 int add;
2735#endif
2736
2737 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2738 changed();
2739
2740 /* set the '. mark */
2741 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2742 {
2743 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2744 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2745
2746#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2747 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2748 * don't have an entry yet. */
2749 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2750 {
2751 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2752 add = TRUE;
2753 else
2754 {
2755 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2756 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2757 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2758 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2759 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2760 add = TRUE;
2761 else
2762 {
2763 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2764 if (cols == 0)
2765 cols = 79;
2766 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2767 }
2768 }
2769 if (add)
2770 {
2771 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2772 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2773 * position in the changelist. */
2774 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2775
2776 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2777 {
2778 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2779 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2780 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2781 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002782 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002783 {
2784 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2785 * this buffer. */
2786 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2787 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2788 }
2789 }
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002790 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002791 {
2792 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2793 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2794 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2795 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2796 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2797 }
2798 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2799 }
2800 }
2801 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2802 curbuf->b_last_change;
2803 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2804 * takes you back to it. */
2805 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2806#endif
2807 }
2808
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002809 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002810 {
2811 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2812 {
2813 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2814 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2815 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2816
2817 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2818 * values for the cursor. */
2819#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2820 /*
2821 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2822 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2823 */
2824 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2825
2826 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2827 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2828 * might be displayed differently.
2829 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2830 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2831 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2832 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2833 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2834 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2835 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2836 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2837
2838 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2839 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2840 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2841 {
2842 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2843 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2844 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2845 }
2846#endif
2847
2848 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2849 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2850 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2851 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2852 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2853 {
2854 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2855 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2856 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2857 }
2858
2859 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2860 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2861 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2862 * after the change. */
2863 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2864 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2865 {
2866 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2867 {
2868 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2869 {
2870 /* line included in change */
2871 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2872 }
2873 else if (xtra != 0)
2874 {
2875 /* line below change */
2876 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2877#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2878 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2879#endif
2880 }
2881 }
2882#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2883 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2884 {
2885 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2886 * may need to be redrawn */
2887 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2888 }
2889#endif
2890 }
Bram Moolenaar3234cc62009-11-03 17:47:12 +00002891
2892#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2893 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have
2894 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */
2895 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
2896 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline);
2897#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002898 }
2899 }
2900
2901 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2902 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2903 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2904 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002905
2906#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2907 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002908 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2909 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002910 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2911#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002912}
2913
2914/*
2915 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2916 */
2917 void
2918unchanged(buf, ff)
2919 buf_T *buf;
2920 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2921{
2922 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2923 {
2924 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002925 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002926 if (ff)
2927 save_file_ff(buf);
2928#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2929 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002930 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002931#endif
2932#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2933 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2934#endif
2935 }
2936 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002937#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2938 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2939#endif
2940}
2941
2942#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2943/*
2944 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2945 * need to be updated
2946 */
2947 void
2948check_status(buf)
2949 buf_T *buf;
2950{
2951 win_T *wp;
2952
2953 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2954 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2955 {
2956 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2957 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2958 must_redraw = VALID;
2959 }
2960}
2961#endif
2962
2963/*
2964 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2965 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2966 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002967 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002968 * will be TRUE.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002969 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002970 */
2971 void
2972change_warning(col)
2973 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2974 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2975{
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00002976 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
2977
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002978 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2979 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2980#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2981 && !autocmd_busy
2982#endif
2983 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2984 {
2985#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002986 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002987 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002988 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002989 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2990 return;
2991#endif
2992 /*
2993 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2994 * be after the mode message.
2995 */
2996 msg_start();
2997 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2998 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002999 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00003000 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
3001#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3002 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
3003#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003004 msg_clr_eos();
3005 (void)msg_end();
3006 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
3007 {
3008 out_flush();
3009 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
3010 }
3011 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
3012 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
3013 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
3014 showmode();
3015 }
3016}
3017
3018/*
3019 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
3020 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
3021 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
3022 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3023 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3024 *
3025 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3026 */
3027 int
3028ask_yesno(str, direct)
3029 char_u *str;
3030 int direct;
3031{
3032 int r = ' ';
3033 int save_State = State;
3034
3035 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3036 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3037 ++no_wait_return;
3038#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3039 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3040#endif
3041 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3042#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3043 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3044#endif
3045 ++no_mapping;
3046 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3047
3048 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3049 {
3050 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3051 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3052 if (direct)
3053 r = get_keystroke();
3054 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003055 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003056 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3057 r = 'n';
3058 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3059 out_flush();
3060 }
3061 --no_wait_return;
3062 State = save_State;
3063#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3064 setmouse();
3065#endif
3066 --no_mapping;
3067 --allow_keys;
3068
3069 return r;
3070}
3071
3072/*
3073 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3074 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3075 * button (used at the more prompt).
3076 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3077 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3078 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3079 */
3080 int
3081get_keystroke()
3082{
3083#define CBUFLEN 151
3084 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3085 int len = 0;
3086 int n;
3087 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003088 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003089
3090 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3091 for (;;)
3092 {
3093 cursor_on();
3094 out_flush();
3095
3096 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3097 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3098 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3099 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3100 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3101 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3102 if (n > 0)
3103 {
3104 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3105 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3106 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003107 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003108 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003109 else if (len > 0)
3110 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003111
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003112 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3113 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3114 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003115 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003116
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003117 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
3118 if (n > 0)
3119 len = n;
3120 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
3121 continue;
3122
3123 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3124 n = buf[0];
3125 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3126 {
3127 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3128 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3129 || n == K_IGNORE
3130#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3131 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3132 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3133 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3134 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3135 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3136 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3137 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3138 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3139 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3140 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3141 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3142 || n == K_MOUSEUP
Bram Moolenaar8d9b40e2010-07-25 15:49:07 +02003143 || n == K_MOUSELEFT
3144 || n == K_MOUSERIGHT
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003145 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3146 || n == K_X1DRAG
3147 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3148 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3149 || n == K_X2DRAG
3150 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3151# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3152 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3153 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3154# endif
3155#endif
3156 )
3157 {
3158 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3159 mod_mask = buf[2];
3160 len -= 3;
3161 if (len > 0)
3162 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3163 continue;
3164 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003165 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003166 }
3167#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3168 if (has_mbyte)
3169 {
3170 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3171 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3172 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3173 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3174 }
3175#endif
3176#ifdef UNIX
3177 if (n == intr_char)
3178 n = ESC;
3179#endif
3180 break;
3181 }
3182
3183 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3184 return n;
3185}
3186
3187/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003188 * Get a number from the user.
3189 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003190 */
3191 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003192get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3193 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3194 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003195{
3196 int n = 0;
3197 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003198 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003199
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003200 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3201 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3202
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003203 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3204 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3205 if (msg_silent != 0)
3206 return 0;
3207
3208#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3209 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3210#endif
3211 ++no_mapping;
3212 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3213 for (;;)
3214 {
3215 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3216 c = safe_vgetc();
3217 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3218 {
3219 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3220 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003221 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003222 }
3223 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3224 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003225 if (typed > 0)
3226 {
3227 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3228 --typed;
3229 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003230 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003231 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003232#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3233 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3234 {
3235 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3236 n = mouse_row + 1;
3237 break;
3238 }
3239#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003240 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3241 {
3242 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3243 if (!exmode_active)
3244 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3245 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3246 do_redraw = FALSE;
3247 break;
3248 }
3249 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3250 break;
3251 }
3252 --no_mapping;
3253 --allow_keys;
3254 return n;
3255}
3256
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003257/*
3258 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003259 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3260 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003261 */
3262 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003263prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3264 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003265{
3266 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003267 int save_cmdline_row;
3268 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003269
3270 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003271 if (mouse_used != NULL)
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003272 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003273 else
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003274 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003275
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003276 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3277 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003278 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003279 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003280 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003281 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003282
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003283 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3284 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003285 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003286 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3287 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003288 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3289 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3290 msg_didany = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarb2450162009-07-22 09:04:20 +00003291 msg_didout = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003292 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003293 else
3294 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3295 State = save_State;
3296
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003297 return i;
3298}
3299
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003300 void
3301msgmore(n)
3302 long n;
3303{
3304 long pn;
3305
3306 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003307 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3308 return;
3309
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003310 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3311 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3312 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3313 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3314 return;
3315
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003316 if (n > 0)
3317 pn = n;
3318 else
3319 pn = -n;
3320
3321 if (pn > p_report)
3322 {
3323 if (pn == 1)
3324 {
3325 if (n > 0)
3326 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3327 else
3328 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3329 }
3330 else
3331 {
3332 if (n > 0)
3333 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3334 else
3335 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3336 }
3337 if (got_int)
3338 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3339 if (msg(msg_buf))
3340 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003341 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003342 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003343 }
3344 }
3345}
3346
3347/*
3348 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3349 */
3350 void
3351beep_flush()
3352{
3353 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3354 {
3355 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3356 vim_beep();
3357 }
3358}
3359
3360/*
3361 * give a warning for an error
3362 */
3363 void
3364vim_beep()
3365{
3366 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3367 {
3368 if (p_vb
3369#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3370 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3371 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3372 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3373#endif
3374 )
3375 {
3376 out_str(T_VB);
3377 }
3378 else
3379 {
3380#ifdef MSDOS
3381 /*
3382 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3383 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3384 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3385 */
3386 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3387 {
3388 out_char(BELL);
3389 beep_count = 1;
3390 }
3391 else
3392 ++beep_count;
3393#else
3394 out_char(BELL);
3395#endif
3396 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003397
3398 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3399 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3400 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3401 {
3402 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3403 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3404 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003405 }
3406}
3407
3408/*
3409 * To get the "real" home directory:
3410 * - get value of $HOME
3411 * For Unix:
3412 * - go to that directory
3413 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3414 * This also works with mounts and links.
3415 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3416 */
3417static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3418
3419 void
3420init_homedir()
3421{
3422 char_u *var;
3423
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003424 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3425 vim_free(homedir);
3426 homedir = NULL;
3427
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003428#ifdef VMS
3429 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3430#else
3431 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3432#endif
3433
3434 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3435 var = NULL;
3436
3437#ifdef WIN3264
3438 /*
3439 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3440 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3441 * when $HOME is being set.
3442 */
3443 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3444 {
3445 char_u *p;
3446 char_u *exp;
3447
3448 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3449 if (p != NULL)
3450 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003451 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003452 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3453 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3454 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3455 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003456 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003457 var = NameBuff;
3458 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3459 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3460 }
3461 }
3462 }
3463
3464 /*
3465 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3466 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3467 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3468 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3469 */
3470 if (var == NULL)
3471 {
3472 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3473
3474 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3475 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
Bram Moolenaar6f977012010-01-06 17:53:38 +01003476 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL)
3477 homepath = "\\";
3478 if (homedrive != NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003479 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3480 {
3481 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3482 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3483 {
3484 var = NameBuff;
3485 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3486 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3487 }
3488 }
3489 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003490
3491# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3492 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3493 {
3494 int len;
3495 char_u *pp;
3496
3497 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3498 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003499 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003500 if (pp != NULL)
3501 {
3502 homedir = pp;
3503 return;
3504 }
3505 }
3506# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003507#endif
3508
3509#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3510 /*
3511 * Default home dir is C:/
3512 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3513 */
3514 if (var == NULL)
3515 var = "C:/";
3516#endif
3517 if (var != NULL)
3518 {
3519#ifdef UNIX
3520 /*
3521 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3522 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3523 */
3524 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3525 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3526 {
3527 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3528 var = IObuff;
3529 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3530 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3531 }
3532#endif
3533 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3534 }
3535}
3536
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003537#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3538 void
3539free_homedir()
3540{
3541 vim_free(homedir);
3542}
3543#endif
3544
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003545/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003546 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3547 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3548 * again soon.
3549 */
3550 char_u *
3551expand_env_save(src)
3552 char_u *src;
3553{
3554 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3555}
3556
3557/*
3558 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3559 * expand "~" at the start.
3560 */
3561 char_u *
3562expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3563 char_u *src;
3564 int one;
3565{
3566 char_u *p;
3567
3568 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3569 if (p != NULL)
3570 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3571 return p;
3572}
3573
3574/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003575 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3576 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003577 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003578 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3579 */
3580 void
3581expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3582 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3583 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3584 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3585{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003586 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003587}
3588
3589 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003590expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003591 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003592 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3593 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3594 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003595 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003596 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003597{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003598 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003599 char_u *tail;
3600 int c;
3601 char_u *var;
3602 int copy_char;
3603 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3604 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003605 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003606
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003607 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003608 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003609
3610 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003611 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3612 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3613 {
3614 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003615 if ((*src == '$'
3616#ifdef VMS
3617 && at_start
3618#endif
3619 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003620#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3621 || *src == '%'
3622#endif
3623 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3624 {
3625 mustfree = FALSE;
3626
3627 /*
3628 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3629 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3630 */
3631 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3632 {
3633 tail = src + 1;
3634 var = dst;
3635 c = dstlen - 1;
3636
3637#ifdef UNIX
3638 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3639 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3640 {
3641 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3642 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3643 *var++ = *tail++;
3644 }
3645 else
3646#endif
3647 {
3648 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3649#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3650 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3651#endif
3652 ))
3653 {
3654#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3655 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3656 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3657#else
3658 *var++ = *tail++;
3659#endif
3660 }
3661 }
3662
3663#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3664# ifdef UNIX
3665 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3666# else
3667 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3668# endif
3669 var = NULL;
3670 else
3671 {
3672# ifdef UNIX
3673 if (src[1] == '{')
3674# else
3675 if (*src == '%')
3676#endif
3677 ++tail;
3678#endif
3679 *var = NUL;
3680 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3681#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3682 }
3683#endif
3684 }
3685 /* home directory */
3686 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3687 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3688 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3689 {
3690 var = homedir;
3691 tail = src + 1;
3692 }
3693 else /* user directory */
3694 {
3695#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3696 /*
3697 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3698 */
3699 tail = src;
3700 var = dst;
3701 c = dstlen - 1;
3702 while ( c-- > 0
3703 && *tail
3704 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3705 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3706 *var++ = *tail++;
3707 *var = NUL;
3708# ifdef UNIX
3709 /*
3710 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3711 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3712 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3713 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3714 */
3715# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3716 {
3717 struct passwd *pw;
3718
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003719 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3720 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003721 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3722 if (pw != NULL)
3723 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3724 else
3725 var = NULL;
3726 }
3727 if (var == NULL)
3728# endif
3729 {
3730 expand_T xpc;
3731
3732 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3733 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3734 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3735 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003736 mustfree = TRUE;
3737 }
3738
3739# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3740 /*
3741 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3742 * directories to search for the user account in.
3743 */
3744 {
3745 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3746 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3747 struct stat st;
3748
3749 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3750 next_path = paths;
3751 while (*next_path)
3752 {
3753 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3754 next_path++);
3755 if (*next_path)
3756 *next_path++ = NUL;
3757 STRCPY(test, path);
3758 STRCAT(test, "/");
3759 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3760 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3761 {
3762 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3763 STRCPY(var, test);
3764 mustfree = TRUE;
3765 break;
3766 }
3767 }
3768 }
3769# endif /* UNIX */
3770#else
3771 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3772 var = NULL;
3773 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3774#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3775 }
3776
3777#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3778 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3779 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3780 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3781 {
3782 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3783
3784 if (p != NULL)
3785 {
3786 if (mustfree)
3787 vim_free(var);
3788 var = p;
3789 mustfree = TRUE;
3790 forward_slash(var);
3791 }
3792 }
3793#endif
3794
3795 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3796 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3797 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3798 {
3799 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3800
3801 if (p != NULL)
3802 {
3803 if (mustfree)
3804 vim_free(var);
3805 var = p;
3806 mustfree = TRUE;
3807 }
3808 }
3809
3810 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3811 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3812 {
3813 STRCPY(dst, var);
3814 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003815 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003816 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3817 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003818 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003819#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3820 && dst[-1] != ':'
3821#endif
3822 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3823 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003824 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003825 src = tail;
3826 copy_char = FALSE;
3827 }
3828 if (mustfree)
3829 vim_free(var);
3830 }
3831
3832 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3833 {
3834 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003835 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003836 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3837 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003838 */
3839 at_start = FALSE;
3840 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3841 {
3842 *dst++ = *src++;
3843 --dstlen;
3844 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003845 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003846 at_start = TRUE;
3847 *dst++ = *src++;
3848 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003849
3850 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3851 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3852 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003853 }
3854 }
3855 *dst = NUL;
3856}
3857
3858/*
3859 * Vim's version of getenv().
3860 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003861 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003862 */
3863 char_u *
3864vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3865 char_u *name;
3866 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3867{
3868 char_u *p;
3869 char_u *pend;
3870 int vimruntime;
3871
3872#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3873 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3874 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3875 return homedir;
3876#endif
3877
3878 p = mch_getenv(name);
3879 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3880 p = NULL;
3881
3882 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003883 {
3884#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3885 if (enc_utf8)
3886 {
3887 int len;
3888 char_u *pp;
3889
3890 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3891 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003892 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003893 if (pp != NULL)
3894 {
3895 p = pp;
3896 *mustfree = TRUE;
3897 }
3898 }
3899#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003900 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003901 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003902
3903 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3904 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3905 return NULL;
3906
3907 /*
3908 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3909 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3910 */
3911 if (vimruntime
3912#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3913 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3914#endif
3915 )
3916 {
3917 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3918 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3919 p = NULL;
3920 if (p != NULL)
3921 {
3922 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3923 if (p != NULL)
3924 *mustfree = TRUE;
3925 else
3926 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003927
3928#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3929 if (enc_utf8)
3930 {
3931 int len;
3932 char_u *pp;
3933
3934 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3935 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3936 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003937 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003938 if (pp != NULL)
3939 {
3940 if (mustfree)
3941 vim_free(p);
3942 p = pp;
3943 *mustfree = TRUE;
3944 }
3945 }
3946#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003947 }
3948 }
3949
3950 /*
3951 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3952 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3953 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3954 */
3955 if (p == NULL)
3956 {
3957 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3958 p = p_hf;
3959#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3960 /*
3961 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3962 */
3963 else
3964 p = exe_name;
3965#endif
3966 if (p != NULL)
3967 {
3968 /* remove the file name */
3969 pend = gettail(p);
3970
3971 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3972 if (p == p_hf)
3973 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3974
3975#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3976# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003977 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003978 if (p == exe_name)
3979 {
3980 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003981 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003982
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003983 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3984 if (pend1 != pend)
3985 {
3986 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
3987 if (pnew != NULL)
3988 {
3989 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
3990 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
3991 p = pnew;
3992 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
3993 }
3994 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003995 }
3996# endif
3997 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
3998 if (p == exe_name)
3999 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
4000#endif
4001
4002 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
4003 if (!vimruntime)
4004 {
4005 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
4006 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
4007 }
4008
4009 /* remove trailing path separator */
4010#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
4011 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00004012 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004013 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004014 --pend;
4015#endif
4016
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004017#ifdef MACOS_X
4018 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
4019#endif
4020 /* check that the result is a directory name */
4021 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004022
4023 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
4024 {
4025 vim_free(p);
4026 p = NULL;
4027 }
4028 else
4029 {
4030#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4031 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4032 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4033 {
4034 vim_free(p);
4035 p = pend;
4036 }
4037#endif
4038 *mustfree = TRUE;
4039 }
4040 }
4041 }
4042
4043#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4044 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4045 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4046 if (p == NULL)
4047 {
4048 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4049 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4050 {
4051 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4052 *mustfree = FALSE;
4053 }
4054 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4055 {
4056 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4057 *mustfree = TRUE;
4058 else
4059 {
4060 p = default_vim_dir;
4061 *mustfree = FALSE;
4062 }
4063 }
4064 }
4065#endif
4066
4067 /*
4068 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4069 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4070 */
4071 if (p != NULL)
4072 {
4073 if (vimruntime)
4074 {
4075 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4076 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4077#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4078 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004079 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004080
4081 if (buf != NULL)
4082 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004083 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4084 vim_free(buf);
4085 }
4086 }
4087#endif
4088 }
4089 else
4090 {
4091 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4092 didset_vim = TRUE;
4093 }
4094 }
4095 return p;
4096}
4097
4098/*
4099 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4100 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4101 */
4102 static char_u *
4103vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4104 char_u *vimdir;
4105{
4106 char_u *p;
4107
4108 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4109 return NULL;
4110 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4111 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4112 return p;
4113 vim_free(p);
4114 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4115 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4116 return p;
4117 vim_free(p);
4118 return NULL;
4119}
4120
4121/*
4122 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4123 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4124 */
4125 static char_u *
4126remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4127 char_u *p;
4128 char_u *pend;
4129 char_u *name;
4130{
4131 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4132 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4133
4134 if (newend >= p
4135 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004136 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004137 return newend;
4138 return pend;
4139}
4140
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004141/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004142 * Our portable version of setenv.
4143 */
4144 void
4145vim_setenv(name, val)
4146 char_u *name;
4147 char_u *val;
4148{
4149#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4150 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4151#else
4152 char_u *envbuf;
4153
4154 /*
4155 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4156 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4157 */
4158 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4159 if (envbuf != NULL)
4160 {
4161 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4162 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4163 }
4164#endif
4165}
4166
4167#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4168/*
4169 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4170 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004171 char_u *
4172get_env_name(xp, idx)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004173 expand_T *xp UNUSED;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004174 int idx;
4175{
4176# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4177 /*
4178 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4179 */
4180 return NULL;
4181# else
4182# ifndef __WIN32__
4183 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4184 extern char **environ;
4185# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004186# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4187 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004188 char_u *str;
4189 int n;
4190
4191 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4192 if (str == NULL)
4193 return NULL;
4194
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004195 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004196 {
4197 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4198 break;
4199 name[n] = str[n];
4200 }
4201 name[n] = NUL;
4202 return name;
4203# endif
4204}
4205#endif
4206
4207/*
4208 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4209 * 'src'.
4210 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4211 */
4212 void
4213home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4214 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4215 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4216 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4217 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4218 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4219 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4220{
4221 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4222 size_t len;
4223 char_u *homedir_env;
4224 char_u *p;
4225
4226 if (src == NULL)
4227 {
4228 *dst = NUL;
4229 return;
4230 }
4231
4232 /*
4233 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4234 */
4235 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4236 {
4237 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4238 return;
4239 }
4240
4241 /*
4242 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4243 * "real" home directory.
4244 */
4245 if (homedir != NULL)
4246 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4247
4248#ifdef VMS
4249 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4250#else
4251 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4252#endif
4253
4254 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4255 homedir_env = NULL;
4256 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4257 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4258
4259 if (!one)
4260 src = skipwhite(src);
4261 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4262 {
4263 /*
4264 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4265 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4266 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4267 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4268 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4269 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4270 * er's home directory)).
4271 */
4272 p = homedir;
4273 len = dirlen;
4274 for (;;)
4275 {
4276 if ( len
4277 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4278 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4279 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4280 || src[len] == NUL))
4281 {
4282 src += len;
4283 if (--dstlen > 0)
4284 *dst++ = '~';
4285
4286 /*
4287 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4288 */
4289 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4290 *dst++ = '/';
4291 break;
4292 }
4293 if (p == homedir_env)
4294 break;
4295 p = homedir_env;
4296 len = envlen;
4297 }
4298
4299 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4300 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4301 *dst++ = *src++;
4302 /* skip separator */
4303 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4304 *dst++ = *src++;
4305 }
4306 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4307
4308 *dst = NUL;
4309}
4310
4311/*
4312 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4313 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4314 */
4315 char_u *
4316home_replace_save(buf, src)
4317 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4318 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4319{
4320 char_u *dst;
4321 unsigned len;
4322
4323 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4324 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4325 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4326 dst = alloc(len);
4327 if (dst != NULL)
4328 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4329 return dst;
4330}
4331
4332/*
4333 * Compare two file names and return:
4334 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4335 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4336 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4337 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4338 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4339 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4340 */
4341 int
4342fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4343 char_u *s1, *s2;
4344 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4345{
4346#ifdef UNIX
4347 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4348 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4349 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4350 struct stat st1, st2;
4351 int r1, r2;
4352
4353 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4354 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4355 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4356 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4357 {
4358 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4359 if (checkname)
4360 {
4361 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4362 return FPC_SAMEX;
4363 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4364 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4365 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4366 return FPC_SAMEX;
4367 }
4368 return FPC_NOTX;
4369 }
4370 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4371 return FPC_DIFFX;
4372 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4373 return FPC_SAME;
4374 return FPC_DIFF;
4375#else
4376 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4377 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4378 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4379 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4380 int r1, r2;
4381
4382 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4383 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4384 {
4385 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4386 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4387
4388 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4389 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4390 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4391
4392 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4393 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4394 {
4395 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4396 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4397 else
4398 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4399 }
4400 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4401 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4402 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4403 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4404 else
4405 retval = FPC_SAME;
4406 vim_free(exp1);
4407 }
4408 return retval;
4409#endif
4410}
4411
4412/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004413 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
4414 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004415 */
4416 char_u *
4417gettail(fname)
4418 char_u *fname;
4419{
4420 char_u *p1, *p2;
4421
4422 if (fname == NULL)
4423 return (char_u *)"";
4424 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4425 {
4426 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4427 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004428 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004429 }
4430 return p1;
4431}
4432
4433/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004434 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4435 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4436 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4437 */
4438 char_u *
4439gettail_sep(fname)
4440 char_u *fname;
4441{
4442 char_u *p;
4443 char_u *t;
4444
4445 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4446 t = gettail(fname);
4447 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4448 --t;
4449#ifdef VMS
4450 /* path separator is part of the path */
4451 ++t;
4452#endif
4453 return t;
4454}
4455
4456/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004457 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4458 */
4459 char_u *
4460getnextcomp(fname)
4461 char_u *fname;
4462{
4463 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004464 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004465 if (*fname)
4466 ++fname;
4467 return fname;
4468}
4469
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004470/*
4471 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4472 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4473 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4474 */
4475 char_u *
4476get_past_head(path)
4477 char_u *path;
4478{
4479 char_u *retval;
4480
4481#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4482 /* may skip "c:" */
4483 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4484 retval = path + 2;
4485 else
4486 retval = path;
4487#else
4488# if defined(AMIGA)
4489 /* may skip "label:" */
4490 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4491 if (retval == NULL)
4492 retval = path;
4493# else /* Unix */
4494 retval = path;
4495# endif
4496#endif
4497
4498 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4499 ++retval;
4500
4501 return retval;
4502}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004503
4504/*
4505 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4506 */
4507 int
4508vim_ispathsep(c)
4509 int c;
4510{
4511#ifdef RISCOS
4512 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4513#else
4514# ifdef UNIX
4515 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4516# else
4517# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4518 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4519# else
4520# ifdef VMS
4521 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4522 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4523 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004524# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004525 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004526# endif /* VMS */
4527# endif
4528# endif
4529#endif /* RISC OS */
4530}
4531
4532#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4533/*
4534 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4535 */
4536 int
4537vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4538 int c;
4539{
4540#ifdef UNIX
4541 return (c == ':');
4542#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004543 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004544#endif
4545}
4546#endif
4547
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004548#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4549 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4550/*
4551 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4552 * It's done in-place.
4553 */
4554 void
4555shorten_dir(str)
4556 char_u *str;
4557{
4558 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4559 int skip = FALSE;
4560
4561 tail = gettail(str);
4562 d = str;
4563 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4564 {
4565 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4566 {
4567 *d++ = *s;
4568 if (*s == NUL)
4569 break;
4570 }
4571 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4572 {
4573 *d++ = *s;
4574 skip = FALSE;
4575 }
4576 else if (!skip)
4577 {
4578 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4579 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4580 skip = TRUE;
4581# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4582 if (has_mbyte)
4583 {
4584 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4585
4586 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004587 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004588 }
4589# endif
4590 }
4591 }
4592}
4593#endif
4594
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004595/*
4596 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4597 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4598 * "fname" must be writable!.
4599 */
4600 int
4601dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4602 char_u *fname;
4603{
4604 char_u *p;
4605 int c;
4606 int retval;
4607
4608 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4609 if (p == fname)
4610 return TRUE;
4611 c = *p;
4612 *p = NUL;
4613 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4614 *p = c;
4615 return retval;
4616}
4617
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004618#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4619 || defined(PROTO)
4620/*
4621 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4622 */
4623 int
4624vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4625 char_u *x, *y;
4626{
4627 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4628}
4629
4630 int
4631vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4632 char_u *x, *y;
4633 size_t len;
4634{
4635 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4636 {
4637 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4638 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4639 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4640 break;
4641 ++x;
4642 ++y;
4643 --len;
4644 }
4645 if (len == 0)
4646 return 0;
4647 return (*x - *y);
4648}
4649#endif
4650
4651/*
4652 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004653 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004654 */
4655 char_u *
4656concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4657 char_u *fname1;
4658 char_u *fname2;
4659 int sep;
4660{
4661 char_u *dest;
4662
4663 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4664 if (dest != NULL)
4665 {
4666 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4667 if (sep)
4668 add_pathsep(dest);
4669 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4670 }
4671 return dest;
4672}
4673
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004674/*
4675 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4676 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4677 */
4678 char_u *
4679concat_str(str1, str2)
4680 char_u *str1;
4681 char_u *str2;
4682{
4683 char_u *dest;
4684 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4685
4686 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4687 if (dest != NULL)
4688 {
4689 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4690 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4691 }
4692 return dest;
4693}
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004694
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004695/*
4696 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4697 * separator.
4698 */
4699 void
4700add_pathsep(p)
4701 char_u *p;
4702{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004703 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004704 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4705}
4706
4707/*
4708 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4709 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4710 */
4711 char_u *
4712FullName_save(fname, force)
4713 char_u *fname;
4714 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4715 like a full path name */
4716{
4717 char_u *buf;
4718 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4719
4720 if (fname == NULL)
4721 return NULL;
4722
4723 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4724 if (buf != NULL)
4725 {
4726 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4727 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4728 else
4729 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4730 vim_free(buf);
4731 }
4732 return new_fname;
4733}
4734
4735#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4736
4737static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4738
4739/*
4740 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4741 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4742 */
4743 pos_T *
4744find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4745 int ind_maxcomment;
4746{
4747 pos_T *pos;
4748 char_u *line;
4749 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004750 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004751
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004752 for (;;)
4753 {
4754 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4755 if (pos == NULL)
4756 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004757
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004758 /*
4759 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4760 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4761 */
4762 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004763 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004764 p = skip_string(p);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004765 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004766 break;
4767 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4768 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4769 {
4770 pos = NULL;
4771 break;
4772 }
4773 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004774 return pos;
4775}
4776
4777/*
4778 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4779 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4780 */
4781 static char_u *
4782skip_string(p)
4783 char_u *p;
4784{
4785 int i;
4786
4787 /*
4788 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4789 */
4790 for ( ; ; ++p)
4791 {
4792 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4793 {
4794 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4795 break;
4796 i = 2;
4797 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4798 {
4799 ++i;
4800 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4801 ++i;
4802 }
4803 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4804 {
4805 p += i;
4806 continue;
4807 }
4808 }
4809 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4810 {
4811 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4812 {
4813 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4814 ++p;
4815 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4816 break;
4817 }
4818 if (p[0] == '"')
4819 continue;
4820 }
4821 break; /* no string found */
4822 }
4823 if (!*p)
4824 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4825 return p;
4826}
4827#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4828
4829#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4830
4831/*
4832 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4833 */
4834 void
4835do_c_expr_indent()
4836{
4837# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4838 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4839 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4840 else
4841# endif
4842 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4843}
4844
4845/*
4846 * Functions for C-indenting.
4847 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4848 */
4849/*
4850 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4851 */
4852
4853static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4854static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4855static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4856static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4857static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4858static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4859static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4860static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4861static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4862static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4863static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4864static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4865static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4866static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4867static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4868static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4869static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4870static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4871static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4872static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4873static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004874static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004875static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004876static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004877static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004878static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4879static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4880static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4881static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4882static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4883static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4884static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4885
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004886static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4887
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004888/*
4889 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004890 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004891 */
4892 static char_u *
4893cin_skipcomment(s)
4894 char_u *s;
4895{
4896 while (*s)
4897 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004898 char_u *prev_s = s;
4899
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004900 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004901
4902 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4903 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4904 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4905 {
4906 s += STRLEN(s);
4907 break;
4908 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004909 if (*s != '/')
4910 break;
4911 ++s;
4912 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4913 {
4914 s += STRLEN(s);
4915 break;
4916 }
4917 if (*s != '*')
4918 break;
4919 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4920 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4921 {
4922 s += 2;
4923 break;
4924 }
4925 }
4926 return s;
4927}
4928
4929/*
4930 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4931 * not considered code.
4932 */
4933 static int
4934cin_nocode(s)
4935 char_u *s;
4936{
4937 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4938}
4939
4940/*
4941 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4942 */
4943 static pos_T *
4944find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4945{
4946 static pos_T pos;
4947 char_u *line;
4948 char_u *p;
4949
4950 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4951 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4952 {
4953 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4954 p = skipwhite(line);
4955 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4956 {
4957 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
4958 return &pos;
4959 }
4960 if (*p != NUL)
4961 break;
4962 }
4963 return NULL;
4964}
4965
4966/*
4967 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
4968 */
4969 static int
4970cin_islabel_skip(s)
4971 char_u **s;
4972{
4973 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
4974 return FALSE;
4975
4976 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
4977 (*s)++;
4978
4979 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
4980
4981 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
4982 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
4983}
4984
4985/*
4986 * Recognize a label: "label:".
4987 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
4988 */
4989 int
4990cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4991 int ind_maxcomment;
4992{
4993 char_u *s;
4994
4995 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4996
4997 /*
4998 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
4999 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
5000 */
5001 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5002 return FALSE;
5003 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
5004 return FALSE;
5005
5006 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
5007 {
5008 /*
5009 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
5010 * label.
5011 */
5012 pos_T cursor_save;
5013 pos_T *trypos;
5014 char_u *line;
5015
5016 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5017 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
5018 {
5019 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5020
5021 /*
5022 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
5023 */
5024 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5025 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5026 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5027
5028 line = ml_get_curline();
5029 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5030 continue;
5031 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5032 continue;
5033
5034 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5035 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5036 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005037 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005038 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5039 return TRUE;
5040 return FALSE;
5041 }
5042 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5043 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5044 }
5045 return FALSE;
5046}
5047
5048/*
5049 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5050 * Q&D-Implementation:
5051 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5052 */
5053 static int
5054cin_isinit(void)
5055{
5056 char_u *s;
5057
5058 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5059
5060 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5061 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5062
5063 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5064 return TRUE;
5065
5066 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5067 return TRUE;
5068
5069 return FALSE;
5070}
5071
5072/*
5073 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5074 */
5075 int
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005076cin_iscase(s, strict)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005077 char_u *s;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005078 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005079{
5080 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5081 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5082 {
5083 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5084 {
5085 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5086 if (*s == ':')
5087 {
5088 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5089 ++s;
5090 else
5091 return TRUE;
5092 }
5093 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005094 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005095 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5096 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5097 else if (*s == '"')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005098 {
5099 /* JS etc. */
5100 if (strict)
5101 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5102 else
5103 return TRUE;
5104 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005105 }
5106 return FALSE;
5107 }
5108
5109 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5110 return TRUE;
5111 return FALSE;
5112}
5113
5114/*
5115 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5116 */
5117 static int
5118cin_isdefault(s)
5119 char_u *s;
5120{
5121 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5122 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5123 && s[1] != ':');
5124}
5125
5126/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02005127 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005128 */
5129 int
5130cin_isscopedecl(s)
5131 char_u *s;
5132{
5133 int i;
5134
5135 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5136 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5137 i = 6;
5138 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5139 i = 9;
5140 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5141 i = 7;
5142 else
5143 return FALSE;
5144 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5145}
5146
5147/*
5148 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5149 * Return NULL if not found.
5150 * case 234: a = b;
5151 * ^
5152 */
5153 static char_u *
5154after_label(l)
5155 char_u *l;
5156{
5157 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5158 {
5159 if (*l == ':')
5160 {
5161 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5162 ++l;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005163 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005164 break;
5165 }
5166 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5167 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5168 }
5169 if (*l == NUL)
5170 return NULL;
5171 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5172 if (*l == NUL)
5173 return NULL;
5174 return l;
5175}
5176
5177/*
5178 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5179 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5180 */
5181 static int
5182get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5183 linenr_T lnum;
5184{
5185 char_u *l;
5186 pos_T fp;
5187 colnr_T col;
5188 char_u *p;
5189
5190 l = ml_get(lnum);
5191 p = after_label(l);
5192 if (p == NULL)
5193 return 0;
5194
5195 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5196 fp.lnum = lnum;
5197 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5198 return (int)col;
5199}
5200
5201/*
5202 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005203 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005204 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5205 * ^
5206 */
5207 static int
5208skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5209 linenr_T lnum;
5210 char_u **pp;
5211 int ind_maxcomment;
5212{
5213 char_u *l;
5214 int amount;
5215 pos_T cursor_save;
5216
5217 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5218 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5219 l = ml_get_curline();
5220 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005221 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)
5222 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005223 {
5224 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5225 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5226 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5227 l = ml_get_curline();
5228 }
5229 else
5230 {
5231 amount = get_indent();
5232 l = ml_get_curline();
5233 }
5234 *pp = l;
5235
5236 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5237 return amount;
5238}
5239
5240/*
5241 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5242 * int a, indent of "a"
5243 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5244 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5245 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5246 */
5247 static int
5248cin_first_id_amount()
5249{
5250 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5251 int len;
5252 pos_T fp;
5253 colnr_T col;
5254
5255 line = ml_get_curline();
5256 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005257 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005258 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5259 {
5260 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005261 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005262 }
5263 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5264 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5265 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5266 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5267 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5268 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5269 {
5270 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5271 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5272 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5273 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5274 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5275 p = s;
5276 }
5277 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5278 ;
5279 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5280 return 0;
5281
5282 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5283 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5284 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5285 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5286 return (int)col;
5287}
5288
5289/*
5290 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5291 * char *foo = "here";
5292 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5293 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5294 * foo = "asdf\
5295 * asdf\
5296 * here";
5297 */
5298 static int
5299cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5300 linenr_T lnum;
5301{
5302 char_u *line;
5303 char_u *s;
5304 colnr_T col;
5305 pos_T fp;
5306
5307 if (lnum > 1)
5308 {
5309 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5310 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5311 return -1;
5312 }
5313
5314 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5315 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5316 {
5317 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5318 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5319 else
5320 ++s;
5321 }
5322 if (*s != '=')
5323 return 0;
5324
5325 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5326 if (cin_nocode(s))
5327 return 0;
5328
5329 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5330 ++s;
5331
5332 fp.lnum = lnum;
5333 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5334 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5335 return (int)col;
5336}
5337
5338/*
5339 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5340 */
5341 static int
5342cin_ispreproc(s)
5343 char_u *s;
5344{
5345 s = skipwhite(s);
5346 if (*s == '#')
5347 return TRUE;
5348 return FALSE;
5349}
5350
5351/*
5352 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5353 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5354 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5355 */
5356 static int
5357cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5358 char_u **pp;
5359 linenr_T *lnump;
5360{
5361 char_u *line = *pp;
5362 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5363 int retval = FALSE;
5364
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005365 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005366 {
5367 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5368 {
5369 retval = TRUE;
5370 *lnump = lnum;
5371 break;
5372 }
5373 if (lnum == 1)
5374 break;
5375 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5376 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5377 break;
5378 }
5379
5380 if (lnum != *lnump)
5381 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5382 return retval;
5383}
5384
5385/*
5386 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5387 */
5388 static int
5389cin_iscomment(p)
5390 char_u *p;
5391{
5392 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5393}
5394
5395/*
5396 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5397 */
5398 static int
5399cin_islinecomment(p)
5400 char_u *p;
5401{
5402 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5403}
5404
5405/*
5406 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5407 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5408 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5409 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5410 */
5411 static int
5412cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5413 char_u *s;
5414 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5415 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5416{
5417 char_u found_start = 0;
5418
5419 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5420
5421 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5422 found_start = *s;
5423
5424 while (*s)
5425 {
5426 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5427 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5428 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5429 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5430 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5431 return *s;
5432
5433 if (*s)
5434 s++;
5435 }
5436 return found_start;
5437}
5438
5439/*
5440 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5441 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5442 * no semicolons anywhere.
5443 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5444 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5445 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5446 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5447 */
5448 static int
5449cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5450 char_u **sp;
5451 linenr_T first_lnum;
5452{
5453 char_u *s;
5454 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5455 int retval = FALSE;
5456
5457 if (sp == NULL)
5458 s = ml_get(lnum);
5459 else
5460 s = *sp;
5461
5462 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5463 {
5464 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5465 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5466 else
5467 ++s;
5468 }
5469 if (*s != '(')
5470 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5471
5472 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5473 {
5474 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5475 {
5476 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5477 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5478 * #if defined(x) && \
5479 * defined(y)
5480 */
5481 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5482 s = ml_get(lnum);
5483 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5484 retval = TRUE;
5485 goto done;
5486 }
5487 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5488 {
5489 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5490 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5491 break;
5492
5493 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5494 }
5495 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5496 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5497 else
5498 ++s;
5499 }
5500
5501done:
5502 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5503 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5504
5505 return retval;
5506}
5507
5508 static int
5509cin_isif(p)
5510 char_u *p;
5511{
5512 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5513}
5514
5515 static int
5516cin_iselse(p)
5517 char_u *p;
5518{
5519 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5520 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5521 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5522}
5523
5524 static int
5525cin_isdo(p)
5526 char_u *p;
5527{
5528 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5529}
5530
5531/*
5532 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5533 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5534 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5535 */
5536 static int
5537cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5538 char_u *p;
5539 linenr_T lnum;
5540 int ind_maxparen;
5541{
5542 pos_T cursor_save;
5543 pos_T *trypos;
5544 int retval = FALSE;
5545
5546 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5547 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5548 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5549 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5550 {
5551 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5552 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5553 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5554 p = ml_get_curline();
5555 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5556 {
5557 ++p;
5558 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5559 }
5560 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5561 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5562 retval = TRUE;
5563 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5564 }
5565 return retval;
5566}
5567
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005568/*
5569 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5570 * do
5571 * nothing;
5572 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005573 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005574 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5575 */
5576 static int
5577cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5578 int terminated;
5579 int ind_maxparen;
5580 int ind_maxcomment;
5581{
5582 char_u *line;
5583 char_u *p;
5584 char_u *s;
5585 pos_T *trypos;
5586 int i;
5587
5588 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5589 return FALSE;
5590
5591 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5592 while (*p != NUL)
5593 {
5594 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5595 if (*p == ')')
5596 {
5597 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5598 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5599 {
5600 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5601 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005602 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005603 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5604 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5605 if (trypos != NULL)
5606 {
5607 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5608 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5609 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5610 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5611 {
5612 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5613 return TRUE;
5614 }
5615 }
5616
5617 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5618 line = ml_get_curline();
5619 p = line + i;
5620 }
5621 }
5622 if (*p != NUL)
5623 ++p;
5624 }
5625 return FALSE;
5626}
5627
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005628 static int
5629cin_isbreak(p)
5630 char_u *p;
5631{
5632 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5633}
5634
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005635/*
5636 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005637 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5638 *
5639 * class MyClass :
5640 * baseClass <-- here
5641 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5642 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5643 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5644 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005645 *
5646 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005647 */
5648 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005649cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005650 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005651{
5652 char_u *s;
5653 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005654 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005655 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005656
5657 *col = 0;
5658
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005659 s = skipwhite(line);
5660 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5661 return FALSE;
5662 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005663 if (*s == NUL)
5664 return FALSE;
5665
5666 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5667
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005668 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5669 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5670 * a = cond ?
5671 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005672 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005673 * func::foo()
5674 * : something
5675 * {}
5676 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5677 * : something(4),
5678 * somethingelse(3)
5679 * {}
5680 */
5681 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005682 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005683 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5684 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005685 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5686 break;
5687 while (*s != NUL)
5688 {
5689 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5690 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5691 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5692 break;
5693 if (*s != NUL)
5694 ++s;
5695 }
5696 if (*s != NUL)
5697 break;
5698 --lnum;
5699 }
5700
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005701 line = ml_get(lnum);
5702 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005703 for (;;)
5704 {
5705 if (*s == NUL)
5706 {
5707 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5708 break;
5709 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005710 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5711 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5712 if (*s == NUL)
5713 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005714 }
5715
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005716 if (s[0] == ':')
5717 {
5718 if (s[1] == ':')
5719 {
5720 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5721 * initialization any more */
5722 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5723 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5724 }
5725 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5726 {
5727 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005728 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005729 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5730 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5731 *col = 0;
5732 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5733 }
5734 else
5735 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5736 }
5737 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5738 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5739 {
5740 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5741 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5742
5743 if (*s == 'c')
5744 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5745 else
5746 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5747 }
5748 else
5749 {
5750 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5751 {
5752 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5753 }
5754 else if (s[0] == ')')
5755 {
5756 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5757 * something like "):" */
5758 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5759 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5760 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005761 else if (s[0] == '?')
5762 {
5763 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5764 return FALSE;
5765 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005766 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5767 {
5768 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5769 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5770 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5771 }
5772 else if (*col == 0)
5773 {
5774 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5775 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5776
5777 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005778 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005779 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5780 }
5781
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005782 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5783 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5784 *col = 0;
5785
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005786 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5787 }
5788 }
5789
5790 return cpp_base_class;
5791}
5792
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005793 static int
5794get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5795 int col;
5796 int ind_maxparen;
5797 int ind_maxcomment;
5798 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5799{
5800 int amount;
5801 colnr_T vcol;
5802 pos_T *trypos;
5803
5804 if (col == 0)
5805 {
5806 amount = get_indent();
5807 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5808 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5809 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5810 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5811 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5812 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5813 }
5814 else
5815 {
5816 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5817 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5818 amount = (int)vcol;
5819 }
5820 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5821 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5822 return amount;
5823}
5824
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005825/*
5826 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5827 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5828 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5829 */
5830 static int
5831cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5832 char_u *s;
5833 char_u *find;
5834 char_u *ignore;
5835{
5836 char_u *p = s;
5837 char_u *r;
5838 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5839
5840 while (*p != NUL)
5841 {
5842 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5843 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5844 {
5845 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5846 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5847 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5848 if (cin_nocode(r))
5849 return TRUE;
5850 }
5851 if (*p != NUL)
5852 ++p;
5853 }
5854 return FALSE;
5855}
5856
5857/*
5858 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5859 * Return the column found.
5860 */
5861 static int
5862cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5863 pos_T *trypos;
5864{
5865 char_u *line;
5866 char_u *p;
5867
5868 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5869 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5870 {
5871 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5872 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5873 else
5874 {
5875 p = skip_string(p);
5876 ++p;
5877 }
5878 }
5879 return (int)(p - line);
5880}
5881
5882/*
5883 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5884 * Return NULL if no match found.
5885 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5886 * work. */
5887/* foo() */
5888/* { */
5889/* } */
5890
5891 static pos_T *
5892find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5893 int ind_maxcomment;
5894{
5895 pos_T cursor_save;
5896 pos_T *trypos;
5897 pos_T *pos;
5898 static pos_T pos_copy;
5899
5900 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5901 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5902 {
5903 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5904 trypos = &pos_copy;
5905 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5906 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005907 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005908 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5909 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5910 break;
5911 if (pos != NULL)
5912 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5913 }
5914 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5915 return trypos;
5916}
5917
5918/*
5919 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5920 * Return NULL of no match found.
5921 */
5922 static pos_T *
5923find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5924 int ind_maxparen;
5925 int ind_maxcomment;
5926{
5927 pos_T cursor_save;
5928 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005929 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005930
5931 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5932 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5933 {
5934 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5935 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5936 trypos = NULL;
5937 else
5938 {
5939 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5940 trypos = &pos_copy;
5941 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5942 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5943 trypos = NULL;
5944 }
5945 }
5946 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5947 return trypos;
5948}
5949
5950/*
5951 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5952 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5953 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5954 * looking a few lines further.
5955 */
5956 static int
5957corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
5958 int ind_maxparen;
5959 pos_T *startpos;
5960{
5961 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5962
5963 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
5964 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
5965 return ind_maxparen;
5966}
5967
5968/*
5969 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
5970 * line "l".
5971 */
5972 static int
5973find_last_paren(l, start, end)
5974 char_u *l;
5975 int start, end;
5976{
5977 int i;
5978 int retval = FALSE;
5979 int open_count = 0;
5980
5981 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
5982
5983 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
5984 {
5985 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
5986 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
5987 if (l[i] == start)
5988 ++open_count;
5989 else if (l[i] == end)
5990 {
5991 if (open_count > 0)
5992 --open_count;
5993 else
5994 {
5995 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5996 retval = TRUE;
5997 }
5998 }
5999 }
6000 return retval;
6001}
6002
6003 int
6004get_c_indent()
6005{
6006 /*
6007 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
6008 * block should be
6009 */
6010 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6011
6012 /*
6013 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
6014 * line is imagined to be.
6015 */
6016 int ind_open_imag = 0;
6017
6018 /*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02006019 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006020 * an opening brace.
6021 */
6022 int ind_no_brace = 0;
6023
6024 /*
6025 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
6026 */
6027 int ind_first_open = 0;
6028
6029 /*
6030 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
6031 * located
6032 */
6033 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6034
6035 /*
6036 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6037 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6038 * brace should be located
6039 */
6040 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6041
6042 /*
6043 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6044 * column is imagined to be
6045 */
6046 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6047
6048 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006049 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative,
6050 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1.
6051 */
6052 int ind_jump_label = -1;
6053
6054 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006055 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6056 */
6057 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6058
6059 /*
6060 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6061 */
6062 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6063
6064 /*
6065 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6066 */
6067 int ind_case_break = 0;
6068
6069 /*
6070 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6071 * should be located
6072 */
6073 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6074
6075 /*
6076 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6077 */
6078 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6079
6080 /*
6081 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6082 */
6083 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6084
6085 /*
6086 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6087 */
6088 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6089
6090 /*
6091 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6092 * should be indented
6093 */
6094 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6095
6096 /*
6097 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6098 * should be located
6099 */
6100 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6101
6102 /*
6103 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6104 */
6105 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6106
6107 /*
6108 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6109 * itself is also unclosed
6110 */
6111 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6112
6113 /*
6114 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6115 * unclosed parentheses.
6116 */
6117 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6118
6119 /*
6120 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6121 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6122 * context (for very long lines).
6123 */
6124 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6125
6126 /*
6127 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6128 * an unclosed parentheses.
6129 */
6130 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6131
6132 /*
6133 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6134 * opening parentheses.
6135 */
6136 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6137
6138 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006139 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6140 */
6141 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6142
6143 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006144 * Extra indent for comments.
6145 */
6146 int ind_comment = 0;
6147
6148 /*
6149 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6150 */
6151 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6152
6153 /*
6154 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6155 * after the comment opener.
6156 */
6157 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6158
6159 /*
6160 * max lines to search for an open paren
6161 */
6162 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6163
6164 /*
6165 * max lines to search for an open comment
6166 */
6167 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6168
6169 /*
6170 * handle braces for java code
6171 */
6172 int ind_java = 0;
6173
6174 /*
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006175 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels
6176 */
6177 int ind_js = 0;
6178
6179 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006180 * handle blocked cases correctly
6181 */
6182 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6183
6184 pos_T cur_curpos;
6185 int amount;
6186 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006187 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006188 colnr_T col;
6189 char_u *theline;
6190 char_u *linecopy;
6191 pos_T *trypos;
6192 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6193 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6194 char_u *start;
6195 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006196#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006197#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6198#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6199 linenr_T ourscope;
6200 char_u *l;
6201 char_u *look;
6202 char_u terminated;
6203 int lookfor;
6204#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6205#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6206#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6207#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6208#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6209#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6210#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6211#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6212#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6213#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6214#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6215
6216 int whilelevel;
6217 linenr_T lnum;
6218 char_u *options;
6219 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6220 int divider;
6221 int n;
6222 int iscase;
6223 int lookfor_break;
6224 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006225 int original_line_islabel;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006226
6227 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6228 {
6229 l = options++;
6230 if (*options == '-')
6231 ++options;
6232 n = getdigits(&options);
6233 divider = 0;
6234 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6235 {
6236 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6237 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6238 {
6239 ++options;
6240 if (divider)
6241 divider *= 10;
6242 else
6243 divider = 10;
6244 }
6245 }
6246 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6247 {
6248 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6249 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6250 else
6251 {
6252 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6253 if (divider)
6254 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6255 }
6256 ++options;
6257 }
6258 if (l[1] == '-')
6259 n = -n;
6260 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006261 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006262 switch (*l)
6263 {
6264 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6265 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6266 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6267 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6268 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6269 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6270 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006271 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006272 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6273 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6274 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6275 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6276 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6277 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6278 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6279 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6280 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6281 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6282 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6283 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6284 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6285 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6286 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6287 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006288 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006289 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6290 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6291 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6292 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6293 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006294 case 'J': ind_js = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006295 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006296 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006297 }
Bram Moolenaardfdf3c42010-03-23 18:22:46 +01006298 if (*options == ',')
6299 ++options;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006300 }
6301
6302 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6303 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6304
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006305 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */
6306 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1)
6307 return 0;
6308
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006309 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6310 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6311 * ml_get is valid! */
6312 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6313 if (linecopy == NULL)
6314 return 0;
6315
6316 /*
6317 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6318 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6319 * inserting new stuff.
6320 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6321 * check for that.
6322 */
6323 if ((State & INSERT)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00006324 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006325 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6326 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6327
6328 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6329
6330 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6331
6332 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6333
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006334 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
6335
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006336 /*
6337 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6338 */
6339 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6340 {
6341 amount = 0;
6342 }
6343
6344 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006345 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless:
6346 * - JS flag is set.
6347 * - 'L' item has a positive value.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006348 */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006349 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006350 {
6351 amount = 0;
6352 }
6353
6354 /*
6355 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6356 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6357 */
6358 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6359 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6360 {
6361 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6362 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6363 amount = col;
6364 }
6365
6366 /*
6367 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6368 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6369 */
6370 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6371 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6372 {
6373 int lead_start_len = 2;
6374 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6375 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6376 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6377 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6378 char_u *p;
6379 int start_align = 0;
6380 int start_off = 0;
6381 int done = FALSE;
6382
6383 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6384 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6385 amount = col;
6386
6387 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6388 while (*p != NUL)
6389 {
6390 int align = 0;
6391 int off = 0;
6392 int what = 0;
6393
6394 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6395 {
6396 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6397 what = *p++;
6398 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6399 align = *p++;
6400 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6401 off = getdigits(&p);
6402 else
6403 ++p;
6404 }
6405
6406 if (*p == ':')
6407 ++p;
6408 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6409 if (what == COM_START)
6410 {
6411 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6412 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6413 start_off = off;
6414 start_align = align;
6415 }
6416 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6417 {
6418 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6419 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6420 }
6421 else if (what == COM_END)
6422 {
6423 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6424 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6425 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6426 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6427 {
6428 done = TRUE;
6429 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6430 {
6431 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006432 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006433 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6434 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6435 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6436 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6437 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6438 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6439 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6440 {
6441 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6442 break;
6443 }
6444 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6445 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6446 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6447 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6448 continue;
6449 }
6450 if (start_off != 0)
6451 amount += start_off;
6452 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006453 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6454 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006455 break;
6456 }
6457
6458 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6459 * with the middle comment */
6460 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6461 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6462 {
6463 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6464 /* XXX */
6465 if (off != 0)
6466 amount += off;
6467 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006468 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6469 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006470 done = TRUE;
6471 break;
6472 }
6473 }
6474 }
6475
6476 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6477 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6478 * with the first character of the comment text.
6479 */
6480 if (done)
6481 ;
6482 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6483 amount += 1;
6484 else
6485 {
6486 /*
6487 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6488 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6489 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6490 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6491 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6492 */
6493 amount = -1;
6494 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6495 {
6496 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6497 continue;
6498 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6499 break;
6500 }
6501 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6502 {
6503 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6504 {
6505 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6506 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6507 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6508 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6509 }
6510 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6511 amount = col;
6512 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6513 amount += ind_in_comment;
6514 }
6515 }
6516 }
6517
6518 /*
6519 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6520 */ /* XXX */
6521 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6522 && ind_java == 0)
6523 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6524 || trypos != NULL)
6525 {
6526 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6527 {
6528 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6529 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6530 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6531 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6532 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6533 trypos = NULL;
6534 else
6535 tryposBrace = NULL;
6536 }
6537
6538 if (trypos != NULL)
6539 {
6540 /*
6541 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6542 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6543 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006544 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006545 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006546 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6547 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6548 }
6549 else
6550 {
6551 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006552 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6553 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006554 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006555 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6556 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6557 continue;
6558 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6559 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6560 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006561
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006562 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6563 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6564 {
6565 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6566 continue;
6567 }
6568
6569 /* XXX */
6570 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6571 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006572 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006573 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6574 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6575 {
6576 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006577
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006578 if (theline[0] == ')')
6579 {
6580 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6581 && cur_amount > amount)
6582 cur_amount = amount;
6583 amount = -1;
6584 }
6585 break;
6586 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006587 }
6588 }
6589
6590 /*
6591 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6592 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6593 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6594 */
6595 if (amount == -1)
6596 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006597 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6598
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006599 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006600 look = skipwhite(look);
6601 if (*look == '(')
6602 {
6603 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6604 char_u *line;
6605 int look_col;
6606
6607 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6608 * our matching '('. */
6609 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6610 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006611 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006612 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6613 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6614 != NULL
6615 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6616 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6617 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6618
6619 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6620 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6621 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006622 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006623 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6624 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006625 {
6626 /*
6627 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6628 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6629 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6630 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6631 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6632 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6633 * lines).
6634 */
6635 if (theline[0] != ')')
6636 {
6637 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6638 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6639 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6640 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6641 {
6642 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6643 * for each additional level */
6644 n = 1;
6645 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6646 {
6647 switch (l[col])
6648 {
6649 case '(':
6650 case '{': ++n;
6651 break;
6652
6653 case ')':
6654 case '}': if (n > 1)
6655 --n;
6656 break;
6657 }
6658 }
6659
6660 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6661 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6662 }
6663 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6664 our_paren_pos.col++;
6665 else
6666 {
6667 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6668 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6669 col++;
6670 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6671 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6672 else
6673 our_paren_pos.col++;
6674 }
6675 }
6676
6677 /*
6678 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6679 * if we did the above "if".
6680 */
6681 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6682 {
6683 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6684 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6685 cur_amount = col;
6686 }
6687 }
6688
6689 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6690 {
6691 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6692 }
6693 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006694 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006695 {
6696 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6697 amount = cur_amount;
6698 }
6699 else
6700 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006701 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6702 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006703 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006704 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006705 {
6706 --our_paren_pos.col;
6707 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6708 {
6709 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6710 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6711 break;
6712 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6713 col = MAXCOL;
6714 break;
6715 }
6716 }
6717
6718 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6719 * braces */
6720 if (col == MAXCOL)
6721 amount += ind_unclosed;
6722 else
6723 {
6724 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6725 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6726 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6727 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6728 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6729 else
6730 amount += ind_unclosed;
6731 }
6732 /*
6733 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6734 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6735 * lines:
6736 * func_long_name( if (x
6737 * arg && yy
6738 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6739 */
6740 if (cur_amount < amount)
6741 amount = cur_amount;
6742 }
6743 }
6744
6745 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6746 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6747 amount += ind_comment;
6748 }
6749
6750 /*
6751 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6752 */
6753 else
6754 {
6755 trypos = tryposBrace;
6756
6757 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6758 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6759
6760 /*
6761 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6762 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6763 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6764 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6765 */
6766 look = skipwhite(start);
6767 if (*look == '{')
6768 {
6769 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6770 amount = col;
6771 if (*start == '{')
6772 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6773 else
6774 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6775 }
6776 else
6777 {
6778 /*
6779 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6780 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6781 */
6782 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6783
6784 /*
6785 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6786 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6787 */
6788 lnum = ourscope;
6789 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6790 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6791 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6792 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6793
6794 /*
6795 * It could have been something like
6796 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6797 * ldfd) {
6798 * }
6799 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006800 if ((ind_keep_case_label
6801 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006802 amount = get_indent();
6803 else
6804 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6805
6806 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6807 }
6808
6809 /*
6810 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6811 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6812 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6813 */
6814 if (theline[0] == '}')
6815 {
6816 /*
6817 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6818 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6819 */
6820 amount += ind_close_extra;
6821 }
6822 else
6823 {
6824 /*
6825 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6826 * to match it with.
6827 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6828 * to match it with.
6829 */
6830 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6831 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6832 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6833 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6834 /* XXX */
6835 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6836 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6837 {
6838 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6839 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6840 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6841 {
6842 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6843 goto theend;
6844 }
6845 }
6846
6847 /*
6848 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6849 * failed to find a matching "if").
6850 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6851 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6852 */
6853
6854 /*
6855 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6856 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6857 * location for ind_open_extra.
6858 */
6859
6860 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6861 {
6862 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6863 }
6864 else
6865 {
6866 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6867 amount += ind_open_imag;
6868 else
6869 {
6870 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6871 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6872 if (amount < 0)
6873 amount = 0;
6874 }
6875 }
6876
6877 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6878
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006879 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006880 {
6881 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6882 amount += ind_case;
6883 }
6884 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6885 {
6886 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6887 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6888 }
6889 else
6890 {
6891 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6892 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6893
6894 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6895 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6896 }
6897 scope_amount = amount;
6898 whilelevel = 0;
6899
6900 /*
6901 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6902 * with that.
6903 *
6904 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6905 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6906 * that opens the block.
6907 */
6908 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6909 for (;;)
6910 {
6911 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6912 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6913
6914 /*
6915 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6916 * up with it.
6917 */
6918 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6919 {
6920 /* we reached end of scope:
6921 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6922 * go further back:
6923 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6924 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6925 * declaration:
6926 * int x,
6927 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6928 */
6929 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6930 {
6931 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6932 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6933 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6934 {
6935 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6936 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6937 * initialization) */
6938 if (cont_amount > 0)
6939 amount = cont_amount;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006940 else if (!ind_js)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006941 amount += ind_continuation;
6942 break;
6943 }
6944
6945 l = ml_get_curline();
6946
6947 /*
6948 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6949 * comment.
6950 */
6951 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6952 if (trypos != NULL)
6953 {
6954 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00006955 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006956 continue;
6957 }
6958
6959 /*
6960 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
6961 */
6962 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6963 continue;
6964
6965 if (cin_nocode(l))
6966 continue;
6967
6968 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6969
6970 /*
6971 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
6972 * function declaration, we are done
6973 * (it's a variable declaration).
6974 */
6975 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
6976 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6977 {
6978 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
6979 * it is a continued variable initialization.
6980 * don't add extra indent.
6981 * TODO: does not work, if a function
6982 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
6983 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
6984 */
6985 if (terminated == ',')
6986 break;
6987
6988 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
6989 * we are done.
6990 */
6991 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
6992 break;
6993
6994 /* nothing useful found */
6995 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
6996 continue;
6997 }
6998
6999 if (terminated != ';')
7000 {
7001 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
7002 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
7003 * will take us back to the start of the line.
7004 */ /* XXX */
7005 trypos = NULL;
7006 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
7007 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7008 ind_maxcomment);
7009
7010 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
7011 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7012
7013 if (trypos != NULL)
7014 {
7015 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007016 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007017 continue;
7018 }
7019 }
7020
7021 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
7022 * like in
7023 * int a,
7024 * b;
7025 */
7026 if (cont_amount > 0)
7027 amount = cont_amount;
7028 else
7029 amount += ind_continuation;
7030 }
7031 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7032 {
7033 if (cont_amount > 0)
7034 amount = cont_amount;
7035 else
7036 amount += ind_continuation;
7037 }
7038 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7039 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7040 {
7041 amount = scope_amount;
7042 if (theline[0] == '{')
7043 amount += ind_open_extra;
7044 }
7045 break;
7046 }
7047
7048 /*
7049 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7050 */ /* XXX */
7051 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7052 {
7053 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007054 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007055 continue;
7056 }
7057
7058 l = ml_get_curline();
7059
7060 /*
7061 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007062 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007063 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007064 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007065 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7066 {
7067 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7068 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7069 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7070 break;
7071
7072 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7073 * labels. */
7074 if (whilelevel > 0)
7075 continue;
7076
7077 /*
7078 * case xx:
7079 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7080 *-> here;
7081 */
7082 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7083 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7084 {
7085 if (cont_amount > 0)
7086 amount = cont_amount;
7087 else
7088 amount += ind_continuation;
7089 break;
7090 }
7091
7092 /*
7093 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7094 * x = 333;
7095 * case yy:
7096 */
7097 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7098 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7099 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7100 {
7101 /*
7102 * Check that this case label is not for another
7103 * switch()
7104 */ /* XXX */
7105 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7106 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7107 {
7108 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7109 break;
7110 }
7111 continue;
7112 }
7113
7114 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7115
7116 /*
7117 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7118 * y = y + 1;
7119 * -> s = 99;
7120 *
7121 * case xx:
7122 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7123 * y = y + 1;
7124 * -> s = 99;
7125 */
7126 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7127 {
7128 if (n)
7129 amount = n;
7130
7131 if (!lookfor_break)
7132 break;
7133 }
7134
7135 /*
7136 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7137 * -> y = y + 1;
7138 *
7139 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7140 * -> y = y + 1;
7141 */
7142 if (n)
7143 {
7144 amount = n;
7145 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7146 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007147 {
7148 if (theline[0] == '{')
7149 amount += ind_open_extra;
7150 else
7151 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7152 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007153 break;
7154 }
7155
7156 /*
7157 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7158 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7159 * switch label.
7160 * break; <- may line up with this line
7161 * case xx:
7162 * -> y = 1;
7163 */
7164 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7165 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7166 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7167 continue;
7168 }
7169
7170 /*
7171 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7172 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7173 */
7174 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7175 {
7176 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7177 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007178 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007179 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007180 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7181 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007182 continue;
7183 }
7184
7185 /*
7186 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7187 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007188 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007189 {
7190 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7191 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7192 continue;
7193 }
7194
7195 /*
7196 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7197 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7198 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7199 * unlocked it)
7200 */
7201 l = ml_get_curline();
7202 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7203 || cin_nocode(l))
7204 continue;
7205
7206 /*
7207 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7208 * constructor initialization?
7209 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007210 n = FALSE;
7211 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7212 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007213 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007214 l = ml_get_curline();
7215 }
7216 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007217 {
7218 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7219 {
7220 if (cont_amount > 0)
7221 amount = cont_amount;
7222 else
7223 amount += ind_continuation;
7224 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007225 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007226 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007227 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7228 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7229 ind_continuation = 0;
7230 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007231 }
7232 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007233 /* XXX */
7234 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7235 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007236 break;
7237 }
7238 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7239 {
7240 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007241 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7242 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007243 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7244 break;
7245 else
7246 continue;
7247 }
7248
7249 /*
7250 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7251 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007252 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007253 * 123,
7254 * sizeof
7255 * here
7256 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7257 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7258 * (indented).
7259 */
7260 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7261
7262 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7263 && terminated == ','))
7264 {
7265 /*
7266 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7267 * go back to the line that starts it so
7268 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7269 * if ( foo &&
7270 * bar )
7271 */
7272 /*
7273 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7274 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7275 */
7276 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7277 trypos = find_match_paren(
7278 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7279 ind_maxcomment);
7280
7281 /*
7282 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7283 * braces.
7284 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007285 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7286 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007287 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7288
7289 if (trypos != NULL)
7290 {
7291 /*
7292 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7293 * handled above.
7294 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7295 * asdf)
7296 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007297 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007298 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007299 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007300 {
7301 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007302 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007303 continue;
7304 }
7305 }
7306
7307 /*
7308 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7309 * indent from
7310 * char *usethis = "bla\
7311 * bla",
7312 * here;
7313 */
7314 if (terminated == ',')
7315 {
7316 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7317 {
7318 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7319 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7320 break;
7321 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007322 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007323 }
7324 }
7325
7326 /*
7327 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7328 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7329 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007330 if (!ind_js)
7331 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007332 &l, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007333 else
7334 cur_amount = get_indent();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007335 /*
7336 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7337 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7338 * while (not)
7339 * -> {
7340 * }
7341 */
7342 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7343 && theline[0] == '{')
7344 {
7345 amount = cur_amount;
7346 /*
7347 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7348 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7349 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7350 * { 1, 2 },
7351 * -> { 3, 4 }
7352 */
7353 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7354 amount += ind_open_extra;
7355
7356 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7357 {
7358 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7359 * class declaration or initialization */
7360 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7361 continue;
7362 }
7363 break;
7364 }
7365
7366 /*
7367 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7368 * Also allow " } else".
7369 */
7370 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7371 {
7372 /*
7373 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7374 * with the last one.
7375 * if (cond)
7376 * 100 +
7377 * -> here;
7378 */
7379 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7380 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7381 {
7382 if (cont_amount > 0)
7383 amount = cont_amount;
7384 else
7385 amount += ind_continuation;
7386 break;
7387 }
7388
7389 /*
7390 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7391 * are finished.
7392 * while (not)
7393 * -> here;
7394 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7395 * before this is terminated.
7396 * yyy;
7397 * if (stat)
7398 * while (not)
7399 * xxx;
7400 * -> here;
7401 */
7402 amount = cur_amount;
7403 if (theline[0] == '{')
7404 amount += ind_open_extra;
7405 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7406 {
7407 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7408 break;
7409 }
7410
7411 /*
7412 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7413 * do, line up with the while()
7414 * do
7415 * x = 1;
7416 * -> here
7417 */
7418 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7419 if (cin_isdo(l))
7420 {
7421 if (whilelevel == 0)
7422 break;
7423 --whilelevel;
7424 }
7425
7426 /*
7427 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7428 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7429 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7430 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7431 */
7432 if (cin_iselse(l)
7433 && whilelevel == 0
7434 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7435 == NULL
7436 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7437 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7438 break;
7439 }
7440
7441 /*
7442 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7443 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007444 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007445 * the line before this one.
7446 */
7447 else
7448 {
7449 /*
7450 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7451 * the last one.
7452 * c = 99 +
7453 * 100 +
7454 * -> here;
7455 */
7456 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7457 {
7458 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7459 if (terminated == ',')
7460 amount += ind_continuation;
7461 break;
7462 }
7463
7464 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7465 {
7466 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7467 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7468 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7469 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7470 * enumerations/initializations. */
7471 if (terminated == ',')
7472 {
7473 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7474 break;
7475
7476 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7477 continue;
7478 }
7479
7480 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7481 * reduce indent. */
7482 if (amount > cur_amount)
7483 amount = cur_amount;
7484 }
7485 else
7486 {
7487 /*
7488 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7489 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7490 * 100 +
7491 * -> here;
7492 */
7493 amount = cur_amount;
7494
7495 /*
7496 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7497 * are in an initialization or enum
7498 * struct xxx =
7499 * {
7500 * sizeof a,
7501 * 124 };
7502 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7503 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7504 * yet.
7505 */
7506 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7507 {
7508 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7509 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7510 }
7511 else
7512 {
7513 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7514 && *l != NUL
7515 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7516 /* XXX */
7517 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7518 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7519 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7520 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7521 }
7522 }
7523 }
7524 }
7525
7526 /*
7527 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7528 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7529 */
7530 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007531 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7532 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007533 {
7534 /*
7535 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7536 * with the last one.
7537 * while (cond);
7538 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7539 * -> here;
7540 */
7541 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7542 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7543 {
7544 if (cont_amount > 0)
7545 amount = cont_amount;
7546 else
7547 amount += ind_continuation;
7548 break;
7549 }
7550
7551 if (whilelevel == 0)
7552 {
7553 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7554 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7555 if (theline[0] == '{')
7556 amount += ind_open_extra;
7557 }
7558 ++whilelevel;
7559 }
7560
7561 /*
7562 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7563 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7564 * indent of that other statement.
7565 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7566 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7567 */
7568 else
7569 {
7570 /*
7571 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7572 * may be lined up with the case label.
7573 */
7574 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7575 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7576 {
7577 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7578 continue;
7579 }
7580
7581 /*
7582 * Handle "do {" line.
7583 */
7584 if (whilelevel > 0)
7585 {
7586 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7587 if (cin_isdo(l))
7588 {
7589 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7590 --whilelevel;
7591 continue;
7592 }
7593 }
7594
7595 /*
7596 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7597 * the amount for a continuation line.
7598 * x = 1;
7599 * y = foo +
7600 * -> here;
7601 * or
7602 * int x = 1;
7603 * int foo,
7604 * -> here;
7605 */
7606 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7607 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7608 {
7609 if (cont_amount > 0)
7610 amount = cont_amount;
7611 else
7612 amount += ind_continuation;
7613 break;
7614 }
7615
7616 /*
7617 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7618 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7619 * x = 1; x = 1;
7620 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7621 * while (asdf) ->here;
7622 * here;
7623 * ->foo;
7624 */
7625 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7626 {
7627 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7628 break;
7629 }
7630
7631 /*
7632 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7633 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7634 * a terminated line.
7635 */
7636 else
7637 {
7638 /*
7639 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7640 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7641 * the line. Helps for:
7642 * func(asdr,
7643 * asdfasdf);
7644 * here;
7645 */
7646term_again:
7647 l = ml_get_curline();
7648 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7649 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7650 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7651 {
7652 /*
7653 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7654 * handled above.
7655 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7656 * asdf)
7657 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007658 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007659 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007660 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007661 {
7662 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007663 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007664 continue;
7665 }
7666 }
7667
7668 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7669 * with a statement after it.
7670 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7671 * stat;
7672 * }
7673 * case 2:
7674 * stat;
7675 * }
7676 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007677 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007678
7679 /*
7680 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7681 * ignoring any jump label.
7682 */
7683 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7684 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7685
7686 if (theline[0] == '{')
7687 amount += ind_open_extra;
7688 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007689 l = skipwhite(l);
7690 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007691 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7692 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7693
7694 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007695 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7696 * the matching "if":
7697 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007698 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007699 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7700 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7701 */
7702 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7703 && *l != '}'
7704 && cin_iselse(l)
7705 && whilelevel == 0)
7706 {
7707 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7708 == NULL
7709 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7710 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7711 break;
7712 continue;
7713 }
7714
7715 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007716 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7717 * that block.
7718 */
7719 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7720 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7721 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7722 != NULL) /* XXX */
7723 {
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007724 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007725 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7726 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7727 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7728 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7729 goto term_again;
7730 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007731 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007732 }
7733 }
7734 }
7735 }
7736 }
7737 }
7738
7739 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7740 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7741 amount += ind_comment;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02007742
7743 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */
7744 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel)
7745 amount -= ind_jump_label;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007746 }
7747
7748 /*
7749 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7750 *
7751 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7752 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7753 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7754 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7755 */
7756 else
7757 {
7758 /*
7759 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7760 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7761 * of a function
7762 */
7763
7764 if (theline[0] == '{')
7765 {
7766 amount = ind_first_open;
7767 }
7768
7769 /*
7770 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7771 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007772 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the
7773 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line
7774 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007775 */
7776 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7777 && !cin_nocode(theline)
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007778 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL
7779 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007780 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7781 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7782 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7783 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7784 {
7785 amount = ind_func_type;
7786 }
7787 else
7788 {
7789 amount = 0;
7790 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7791
7792 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7793
7794 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7795 {
7796 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7797 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7798
7799 l = ml_get_curline();
7800
7801 /*
7802 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7803 */ /* XXX */
7804 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7805 {
7806 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007807 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007808 continue;
7809 }
7810
7811 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007812 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7813 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007814 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007815 n = FALSE;
7816 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7817 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007818 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007819 l = ml_get_curline();
7820 }
7821 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007822 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007823 /* XXX */
7824 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7825 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007826 break;
7827 }
7828
7829 /*
7830 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7831 */
7832 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7833 continue;
7834
7835 if (cin_nocode(l))
7836 continue;
7837
7838 /*
7839 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7840 * indentation:
7841 * int foo,
7842 * bar;
7843 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7844 * enum foobar
7845 * {
7846 * ...
7847 * } foo,
7848 * bar;
7849 */
7850 n = 0;
7851 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7852 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7853 {
7854 /* take us back to opening paren */
7855 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7856 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7857 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007858 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007859
7860 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7861 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7862 * char *foo = "bla\
7863 * bla",
7864 * here;
7865 */
7866 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7867 {
7868 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7869 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7870 break;
7871 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007872 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007873 }
7874
7875 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7876
7877 if (amount == 0)
7878 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7879 if (amount == 0)
7880 amount = ind_continuation;
7881 break;
7882 }
7883
7884 /*
7885 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7886 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7887 */
7888 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7889 break;
7890 l = ml_get_curline();
7891
7892 /*
7893 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7894 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7895 */
7896 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7897 break;
7898
7899 /* (matching {)
7900 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7901 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7902 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7903 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7904 */
7905 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7906 break;
7907
7908 /*
7909 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7910 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7911 * parameters.
7912 */
7913 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7914 {
7915 amount = ind_param;
7916 break;
7917 }
7918
7919 /*
7920 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7921 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7922 * int foo,
7923 * bar;
7924 * indent_to_0 here;
7925 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007926 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007927 {
7928 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7929 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7930 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7931 break;
7932 l = ml_get_curline();
7933 }
7934
7935 /*
7936 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7937 * use the indent of this line.
7938 *
7939 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7940 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7941 */
7942 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7943
7944 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7945 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007946 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007947 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7948 break;
7949 }
7950
7951 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7952 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7953 amount += ind_comment;
7954
7955 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7956 * "asdfasdf\
7957 * here";
7958 * char *foo = "asdf\
7959 * here";
7960 */
7961 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
7962 {
7963 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7964 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7965 {
7966 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7967 if (cur_amount > 0)
7968 amount = cur_amount;
7969 else if (cur_amount == 0)
7970 amount += ind_continuation;
7971 }
7972 }
7973 }
7974 }
7975
7976theend:
7977 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
7978 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7979
7980 vim_free(linecopy);
7981
7982 if (amount < 0)
7983 return 0;
7984 return amount;
7985}
7986
7987 static int
7988find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
7989 int lookfor;
7990 linenr_T ourscope;
7991 int ind_maxparen;
7992 int ind_maxcomment;
7993{
7994 char_u *look;
7995 pos_T *theirscope;
7996 char_u *mightbeif;
7997 int elselevel;
7998 int whilelevel;
7999
8000 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8001 {
8002 elselevel = 1;
8003 whilelevel = 0;
8004 }
8005 else
8006 {
8007 elselevel = 0;
8008 whilelevel = 1;
8009 }
8010
8011 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8012
8013 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
8014 {
8015 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
8016 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8017
8018 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8019 if (cin_iselse(look)
8020 || cin_isif(look)
8021 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
8022 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8023 {
8024 /*
8025 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
8026 * we must be out of scope...
8027 */
8028 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
8029 if (theirscope == NULL)
8030 break;
8031
8032 /*
8033 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
8034 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
8035 * out of luck too.
8036 */
8037 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
8038 break;
8039
8040 /*
8041 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
8042 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
8043 * different scope...
8044 */
8045 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
8046 continue;
8047
8048 /*
8049 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
8050 * then we need to go back to another if, so
8051 * increment elselevel
8052 */
8053 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8054 if (cin_iselse(look))
8055 {
8056 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
8057 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
8058 ++elselevel;
8059 continue;
8060 }
8061
8062 /*
8063 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
8064 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
8065 */
8066 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8067 {
8068 ++whilelevel;
8069 continue;
8070 }
8071
8072 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
8073 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8074 if (cin_isif(look))
8075 {
8076 elselevel--;
8077 /*
8078 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8079 * get in the way.
8080 */
8081 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8082 whilelevel = 0;
8083 }
8084
8085 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8086 if (cin_isdo(look))
8087 whilelevel--;
8088
8089 /*
8090 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8091 * this must be the if that we want!
8092 * match the indent level of that if.
8093 */
8094 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8095 {
8096 return OK;
8097 }
8098 }
8099 }
8100 return FAIL;
8101}
8102
8103# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8104/*
8105 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8106 */
8107 int
8108get_expr_indent()
8109{
8110 int indent;
8111 pos_T pos;
8112 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008113 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8114 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008115
8116 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8117 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008118 if (use_sandbox)
8119 ++sandbox;
8120 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008121 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008122 if (use_sandbox)
8123 --sandbox;
8124 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008125
8126 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8127 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8128 * command. */
8129 save_State = State;
8130 State = INSERT;
8131 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8132 check_cursor();
8133 State = save_State;
8134
8135 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8136 if (indent < 0)
8137 indent = get_indent();
8138
8139 return indent;
8140}
8141# endif
8142
8143#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8144
8145#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8146
8147static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8148
8149 static int
8150lisp_match(p)
8151 char_u *p;
8152{
8153 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8154 int len;
8155 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8156
8157 while (*word != NUL)
8158 {
8159 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8160 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8161 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8162 return TRUE;
8163 }
8164 return FALSE;
8165}
8166
8167/*
8168 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8169 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8170 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8171 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8172 *
8173 * TODO:
8174 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8175 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8176 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8177 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8178 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8179 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008180 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8181 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008182 */
8183 int
8184get_lisp_indent()
8185{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008186 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008187 int amount;
8188 char_u *that;
8189 colnr_T col;
8190 colnr_T firsttry;
8191 int parencount, quotecount;
8192 int vi_lisp;
8193
8194 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8195 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8196
8197 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8198 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8199
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008200 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8201 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8202 else
8203 {
8204 paren = *pos;
8205 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8206 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8207 pos = &paren;
8208 }
8209 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008210 {
8211 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8212 * line that is at the same () level. */
8213 amount = -1;
8214 parencount = 0;
8215
8216 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8217 {
8218 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8219 continue;
8220 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8221 {
8222 if (*that == ';')
8223 {
8224 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8225 ++that;
8226 continue;
8227 }
8228 if (*that == '\\')
8229 {
8230 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8231 ++that;
8232 continue;
8233 }
8234 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8235 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008236 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8237 {
8238 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8239 if (*that == '\\')
8240 {
8241 if (*++that == NUL)
8242 break;
8243 if (that[1] == NUL)
8244 {
8245 ++that;
8246 break;
8247 }
8248 }
8249 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008250 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008251 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008252 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008253 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008254 --parencount;
8255 }
8256 if (parencount == 0)
8257 {
8258 amount = get_indent();
8259 break;
8260 }
8261 }
8262
8263 if (amount == -1)
8264 {
8265 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8266 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8267 col = pos->col;
8268
8269 that = ml_get_curline();
8270
8271 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8272 amount = 2;
8273 else
8274 {
8275 amount = 0;
8276 while (*that && col)
8277 {
8278 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8279 col--;
8280 }
8281
8282 /*
8283 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8284 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8285 *
8286 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8287 * (...)) of (...))
8288 */
8289
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008290 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8291 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008292 amount += 2;
8293 else
8294 {
8295 that++;
8296 amount++;
8297 firsttry = amount;
8298
8299 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8300 {
8301 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8302 ++that;
8303 }
8304
8305 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8306 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008307 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008308 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008309 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008310 firsttry++;
8311
8312 parencount = 0;
8313 quotecount = 0;
8314
8315 if (vi_lisp
8316 || (*that != '"'
8317 && *that != '\''
8318 && *that != '#'
8319 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8320 {
8321 while (*that
8322 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8323 || quotecount
8324 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008325 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008326 && !quotecount
8327 && !parencount
8328 && vi_lisp)))
8329 {
8330 if (*that == '"')
8331 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008332 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8333 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008334 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008335 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8336 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008337 --parencount;
8338 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8339 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8340 (colnr_T)amount);
8341 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8342 (colnr_T)amount);
8343 }
8344 }
8345 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8346 {
8347 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8348 that++;
8349 }
8350 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8351 amount = firsttry;
8352 }
8353 }
8354 }
8355 }
8356 }
8357 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008358 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008359
8360 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8361
8362 return amount;
8363}
8364#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8365
8366 void
8367prepare_to_exit()
8368{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008369#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8370 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8371 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8372 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008373 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8374#endif
8375
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008376#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8377 if (gui.in_use)
8378 {
8379 gui.dying = TRUE;
8380 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8381 }
8382 else
8383#endif
8384 {
8385 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8386
8387 /*
8388 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8389 * screen (if there are two screens).
8390 */
8391 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8392#ifdef WIN3264
8393 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8394#endif
8395 stoptermcap();
8396 out_flush();
8397 }
8398}
8399
8400/*
8401 * Preserve files and exit.
8402 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8403 */
8404 void
8405preserve_exit()
8406{
8407 buf_T *buf;
8408
8409 prepare_to_exit();
8410
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008411 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8412 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8413 really_exiting = TRUE;
8414
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008415 out_str(IObuff);
8416 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8417 out_flush();
8418
8419 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8420
8421 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8422 {
8423 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8424 {
8425 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8426 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8427 out_flush();
8428 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8429 break;
8430 }
8431 }
8432
8433 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8434
8435 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8436
8437 getout(1);
8438}
8439
8440/*
8441 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8442 */
8443 int
8444vim_fexists(fname)
8445 char_u *fname;
8446{
8447 struct stat st;
8448
8449 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8450 return FALSE;
8451 return TRUE;
8452}
8453
8454/*
8455 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8456 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8457 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8458 * time, because it can be a system call.
8459 */
8460
8461#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8462# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8463# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8464# else
8465# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8466# endif
8467#endif
8468
8469static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8470
8471 void
8472line_breakcheck()
8473{
8474 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8475 {
8476 breakcheck_count = 0;
8477 ui_breakcheck();
8478 }
8479}
8480
8481/*
8482 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8483 */
8484 void
8485fast_breakcheck()
8486{
8487 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8488 {
8489 breakcheck_count = 0;
8490 ui_breakcheck();
8491 }
8492}
8493
8494/*
Bram Moolenaard7834d32009-12-02 16:14:36 +00008495 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern.
8496 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion.
8497 * Returns OK or FAIL.
8498 */
8499 int
8500expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags)
8501 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */
8502 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8503 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8504 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8505{
8506 int ret = FAIL;
8507 char_u *eval_pat = NULL;
8508 char_u *exp_pat = *pat;
8509 char_u *ignored_msg;
8510 int usedlen;
8511
8512 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<')
8513 {
8514 ++emsg_off;
8515 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen,
8516 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL);
8517 --emsg_off;
8518 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8519 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen);
8520 }
8521
8522 if (exp_pat != NULL)
8523 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags);
8524
8525 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8526 {
8527 vim_free(exp_pat);
8528 vim_free(eval_pat);
8529 }
8530
8531 return ret;
8532}
8533
8534/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008535 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8536 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008537 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008538 */
8539 int
8540expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8541 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8542 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8543 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8544 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8545 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8546{
8547 int retval;
8548 int i, j;
8549 char_u *p;
8550 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8551
8552 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8553
8554 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008555 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008556 return retval;
8557
8558#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8559 /*
8560 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8561 */
8562 if (*p_wig)
8563 {
8564 char_u *ffname;
8565
8566 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8567 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8568 {
8569 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8570 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8571 break;
8572# ifdef VMS
8573 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8574# endif
8575 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8576 {
8577 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8578 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8579 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8580 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8581 --*num_file;
8582 --i;
8583 }
8584 vim_free(ffname);
8585 }
8586 }
8587#endif
8588
8589 /*
8590 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8591 */
8592 if (*num_file > 1)
8593 {
8594 non_suf_match = 0;
8595 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8596 {
8597 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8598 {
8599 /*
8600 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8601 * of the list.
8602 */
8603 p = (*file)[i];
8604 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8605 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8606 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8607 }
8608 }
8609 }
8610
8611 return retval;
8612}
8613
8614/*
8615 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8616 */
8617 int
8618match_suffix(fname)
8619 char_u *fname;
8620{
8621 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8622 char_u *setsuf;
8623#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8624 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8625
8626 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8627 setsuflen = 0;
8628 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8629 {
8630 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
Bram Moolenaar055a2ba2009-07-14 19:40:21 +00008631 if (setsuflen == 0)
8632 {
8633 char_u *tail = gettail(fname);
8634
8635 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */
8636 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL)
8637 {
8638 setsuflen = 1;
8639 break;
8640 }
8641 }
8642 else
8643 {
8644 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8645 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8646 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8647 break;
8648 setsuflen = 0;
8649 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008650 }
8651 return (setsuflen != 0);
8652}
8653
8654#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8655
8656# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8657static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8658static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8659# endif
8660
8661# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8662/*
8663 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8664 * it's shared between these systems.
8665 */
8666# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8667# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8668# else
8669# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8670# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8671# endif
8672# endif
8673
8674/*
8675 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8676 */
8677 static int _cdecl
8678pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8679{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008680 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008681}
8682
8683# ifndef WIN3264
8684 static void
8685namelowcpy(
8686 char_u *d,
8687 char_u *s)
8688{
8689# ifdef DJGPP
8690 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8691 while (*s)
8692 *d++ = *s++;
8693 else
8694# endif
8695 while (*s)
8696 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8697 *d = NUL;
8698}
8699# endif
8700
8701/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008702 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8703 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008704 * Return the number of matches found.
8705 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8706 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008707 * Return the number of matches found.
8708 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008709 */
8710 static int
8711dos_expandpath(
8712 garray_T *gap,
8713 char_u *path,
8714 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008715 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008716 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008717{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008718 char_u *buf;
8719 char_u *path_end;
8720 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8721 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8722 char_u *pat;
8723 regmatch_T regmatch;
8724 int starts_with_dot;
8725 int matches;
8726 int len;
8727 int starstar = FALSE;
8728 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008729#ifdef WIN3264
8730 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8731 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8732# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8733 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8734 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8735# endif
8736#else
8737 struct ffblk fb;
8738#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008739 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008740 int ok;
8741
8742 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8743 if (stardepth > 0)
8744 {
8745 ui_breakcheck();
8746 if (got_int)
8747 return 0;
8748 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008749
8750 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008751 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008752 if (buf == NULL)
8753 return 0;
8754
8755 /*
8756 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8757 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8758 */
8759 p = buf;
8760 s = buf;
8761 e = NULL;
8762 path_end = path;
8763 while (*path_end != NUL)
8764 {
8765 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8766 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8767 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8768 *p++ = *path_end++;
8769 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8770 {
8771 if (e != NULL)
8772 break;
8773 s = p + 1;
8774 }
8775 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8776 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8777 e = p;
8778#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8779 if (has_mbyte)
8780 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008781 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008782 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8783 p += len;
8784 path_end += len;
8785 }
8786 else
8787#endif
8788 *p++ = *path_end++;
8789 }
8790 e = p;
8791 *e = NUL;
8792
8793 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8794 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8795 * component. */
8796 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8797 if (rem_backslash(p))
8798 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008799 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008800 --e;
8801 --s;
8802 }
8803
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008804 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8805 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8806 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8807 starstar = TRUE;
8808
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008809 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8810 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8811 if (pat == NULL)
8812 {
8813 vim_free(buf);
8814 return 0;
8815 }
8816
8817 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8818 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8819 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8820 vim_free(pat);
8821
8822 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8823 {
8824 vim_free(buf);
8825 return 0;
8826 }
8827
8828 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8829 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8830
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008831 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8832 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8833 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8834 && *path_end == '/')
8835 {
8836 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8837 ++stardepth;
8838 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8839 --stardepth;
8840 }
8841
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008842 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8843 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8844#ifdef WIN3264
8845# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8846 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8847 {
8848 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8849 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8850 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008851 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008852 if (wn != NULL)
8853 {
8854 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8855 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8856 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8857 {
8858 vim_free(wn);
8859 wn = NULL;
8860 }
8861 }
8862 }
8863
8864 if (wn == NULL)
8865# endif
8866 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8867 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8868#else
8869 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8870 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8871 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8872#endif
8873
8874 while (ok)
8875 {
8876#ifdef WIN3264
8877# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8878 if (wn != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008879 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008880 else
8881# endif
8882 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8883#else
8884 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8885#endif
8886 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8887 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8888 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8889 && (matchname == NULL
8890 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8891 {
8892#ifdef WIN3264
8893 STRCPY(s, p);
8894#else
8895 namelowcpy(s, p);
8896#endif
8897 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008898
8899 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8900 {
8901 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8902 * find matches. */
8903 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8904 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8905 ++stardepth;
8906 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8907 --stardepth;
8908 }
8909
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008910 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8911 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8912 {
8913 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8914 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008915 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008916 }
8917 else
8918 {
8919 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8920 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8921 if (*path_end != 0)
8922 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8923 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8924 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8925 }
8926 }
8927
8928#ifdef WIN3264
8929# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8930 if (wn != NULL)
8931 {
8932 vim_free(p);
8933 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8934 }
8935 else
8936# endif
8937 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8938#else
8939 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8940#endif
8941
8942 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8943 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8944 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8945 {
8946 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8947#ifdef WIN3264
8948 FindClose(hFind);
8949# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8950 if (wn != NULL)
8951 {
8952 vim_free(wn);
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008953 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008954 if (wn != NULL)
8955 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8956 }
8957 if (wn == NULL)
8958# endif
8959 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8960 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8961#else
8962 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8963 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8964#endif
8965 vim_free(matchname);
8966 matchname = NULL;
8967 }
8968 }
8969
8970#ifdef WIN3264
8971 FindClose(hFind);
8972# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8973 vim_free(wn);
8974# endif
8975#endif
8976 vim_free(buf);
8977 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8978 vim_free(matchname);
8979
8980 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8981 if (matches > 0)
8982 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
8983 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8984 return matches;
8985}
8986
8987 int
8988mch_expandpath(
8989 garray_T *gap,
8990 char_u *path,
8991 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
8992{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008993 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008994}
8995# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
8996
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008997#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
8998 || defined(PROTO)
8999/*
9000 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
9001 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
9002 */
9003static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
9004
9005 static int
9006pstrcmp(a, b)
9007 const void *a, *b;
9008{
9009 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
9010}
9011
9012/*
9013 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
9014 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
9015 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
9016 * at "path + wildoff".
9017 * Return the number of matches found.
9018 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
9019 */
9020 int
9021unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
9022 garray_T *gap;
9023 char_u *path;
9024 int wildoff;
9025 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9026 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
9027{
9028 char_u *buf;
9029 char_u *path_end;
9030 char_u *p, *s, *e;
9031 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
9032 char_u *pat;
9033 regmatch_T regmatch;
9034 int starts_with_dot;
9035 int matches;
9036 int len;
9037 int starstar = FALSE;
9038 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
9039
9040 DIR *dirp;
9041 struct dirent *dp;
9042
9043 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
9044 if (stardepth > 0)
9045 {
9046 ui_breakcheck();
9047 if (got_int)
9048 return 0;
9049 }
9050
9051 /* make room for file name */
9052 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
9053 if (buf == NULL)
9054 return 0;
9055
9056 /*
9057 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
9058 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
9059 */
9060 p = buf;
9061 s = buf;
9062 e = NULL;
9063 path_end = path;
9064 while (*path_end != NUL)
9065 {
9066 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
9067 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
9068 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
9069 *p++ = *path_end++;
9070 else if (*path_end == '/')
9071 {
9072 if (e != NULL)
9073 break;
9074 s = p + 1;
9075 }
9076 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
9077 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
9078 e = p;
9079#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9080 if (has_mbyte)
9081 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00009082 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009083 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
9084 p += len;
9085 path_end += len;
9086 }
9087 else
9088#endif
9089 *p++ = *path_end++;
9090 }
9091 e = p;
9092 *e = NUL;
9093
9094 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
9095 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
9096 * component. */
9097 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
9098 if (rem_backslash(p))
9099 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00009100 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009101 --e;
9102 --s;
9103 }
9104
9105 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
9106 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
9107 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
9108 starstar = TRUE;
9109
9110 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
9111 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
9112 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
9113 if (pat == NULL)
9114 {
9115 vim_free(buf);
9116 return 0;
9117 }
9118
9119 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00009120#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009121 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
9122#else
9123 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
9124#endif
9125 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
9126 vim_free(pat);
9127
9128 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9129 {
9130 vim_free(buf);
9131 return 0;
9132 }
9133
9134 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9135 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9136 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9137 && *path_end == '/')
9138 {
9139 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9140 ++stardepth;
9141 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9142 --stardepth;
9143 }
9144
9145 /* open the directory for scanning */
9146 *s = NUL;
9147 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9148
9149 /* Find all matching entries */
9150 if (dirp != NULL)
9151 {
9152 for (;;)
9153 {
9154 dp = readdir(dirp);
9155 if (dp == NULL)
9156 break;
9157 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9158 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9159 {
9160 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9161 len = STRLEN(buf);
9162
9163 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9164 {
9165 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9166 * find matches. */
9167 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9168 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9169 ++stardepth;
9170 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9171 --stardepth;
9172 }
9173
9174 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9175 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9176 {
9177 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9178 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9179 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9180 }
9181 else
9182 {
9183 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9184 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9185 if (*path_end != NUL)
9186 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9187 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9188 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009189#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009190 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9191 char_u *precomp_buf =
9192 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009193
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009194 if (precomp_buf)
9195 {
9196 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9197 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9198 }
9199#endif
9200 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9201 }
9202 }
9203 }
9204 }
9205
9206 closedir(dirp);
9207 }
9208
9209 vim_free(buf);
9210 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9211
9212 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9213 if (matches > 0)
9214 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9215 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9216 return matches;
9217}
9218#endif
9219
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009220#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9221static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep));
9222static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i));
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009223static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap));
9224static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap));
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009225static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern));
9226static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags));
9227
9228/*
9229 * Moves psep to the previous path separator in path, starting from the
9230 * end of path.
9231 * Returns FAIL is psep ends up at the beginning of path.
9232 */
9233 static int
9234find_previous_pathsep(path, psep)
9235 char_u *path;
9236 char_u **psep;
9237{
9238 /* skip the current separator */
9239 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep))
9240 (*psep)--;
9241
9242 /* find the previous separator */
9243 while (*psep > path && !vim_ispathsep(**psep))
9244 (*psep)--;
9245
9246 if (*psep != path && vim_ispathsep(**psep))
9247 return OK;
9248
9249 return FAIL;
9250}
9251
9252/*
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009253 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in gap.
9254 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i].
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009255 */
9256 static int
9257is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i)
9258 char_u *maybe_unique;
9259 garray_T *gap;
9260 int i;
9261{
9262 int j;
9263 int candidate_len;
9264 int other_path_len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009265 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009266
9267 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len && !got_int; j++)
9268 {
9269 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009270 if (j == i)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009271 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009272
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009273 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique);
9274 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009275 if (other_path_len < candidate_len)
9276 continue; /* it's different */
9277
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009278 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, gettail(other_paths[j])) == 0)
9279 return FALSE; /* match */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009280 }
9281
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009282 return TRUE; /* no match found */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009283}
9284
9285/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02009286 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009287 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "."
9288 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current
9289 * directory) notations.
9290 *
9291 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by
9292 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s).
9293 */
9294 static void
9295expand_path_option(curdir, gap)
9296 char_u *curdir;
9297 garray_T *gap;
9298{
9299 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL
9300 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path;
9301 char_u *buf;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009302 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009303
9304 ga_init2(gap, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
9305
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009306 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009307 return;
9308
9309 while (*path_option != NUL)
9310 {
9311 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
9312
9313 if (STRCMP(buf, ".") == 0) /* relative to current buffer */
9314 {
9315 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
9316 continue;
9317 STRCPY(buf, curbuf->b_ffname);
9318 *gettail(buf) = NUL;
9319 }
9320 else if (buf[0] == NUL) /* relative to current directory */
9321 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009322 else if (path_with_url(buf))
9323 continue;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009324 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf))
9325 {
9326 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */
Bram Moolenaar30a86352010-07-29 23:10:40 +02009327 int curdir_len = (int)STRLEN(curdir);
9328 int buf_len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009329
9330 if (curdir_len + buf_len + 3 > MAXPATHL)
9331 continue;
9332 STRMOVE(buf + curdir_len + 1, buf);
9333 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar57adda12010-08-03 22:11:29 +02009334 buf[curdir_len] = PATHSEP;
9335 /*
9336 * 'path' may have "./baz" as one of the items.
9337 * If curdir is "/foo/bar", p will end up being "/foo/bar/./baz".
9338 * Simplify it.
9339 */
9340 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009341 }
9342
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009343 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9344 break;
9345 p = vim_strsave(buf);
9346 if (p == NULL)
9347 break;
9348 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009349 }
9350
9351 vim_free(buf);
9352}
9353
9354/*
9355 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in fname that matches the
9356 * longest path in gap, or NULL if there is no match. For example:
9357 *
9358 * path: /foo/bar/baz
9359 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt
9360 * returns: ^this
9361 */
9362 static char_u *
9363get_path_cutoff(fname, gap)
9364 char_u *fname;
9365 garray_T *gap;
9366{
9367 int i;
9368 int maxlen = 0;
9369 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9370 char_u *cutoff = NULL;
9371
9372 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9373 {
9374 int j = 0;
9375
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009376 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j]
Bram Moolenaar2d7c47d2010-08-10 19:50:26 +02009377# if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009378 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j]))
9379#endif
9380 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009381 j++;
9382 if (j > maxlen)
9383 {
9384 maxlen = j;
9385 cutoff = &fname[j];
9386 }
9387 }
9388
9389 /* Skip to the file or directory name */
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009390 if (cutoff != NULL)
9391 while (
Bram Moolenaar2d7c47d2010-08-10 19:50:26 +02009392# if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009393 *cutoff == '/'
9394#else
9395 vim_ispathsep(*cutoff)
9396#endif
9397 )
9398 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009399
9400 return cutoff;
9401}
9402
9403/*
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009404 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in gap so that
9405 * they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part that
9406 * matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt gap->ga_len.
9407 */
9408 static void
9409uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009410 garray_T *gap;
9411 char_u *pattern;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009412{
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009413 int i;
9414 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009415 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009416 int sort_again = 0;
9417 char_u *pat;
9418 char_u *file_pattern;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009419 char_u *curdir = NULL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009420 regmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009421 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009422
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009423 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len);
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009424 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009425
9426 /*
9427 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the
9428 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009429 * possible patterns?
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009430 */
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009431 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009432 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009433 if (file_pattern == NULL)
9434 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009435 file_pattern[0] = '*';
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009436 file_pattern[1] = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009437 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern);
9438 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
9439 vim_free(file_pattern);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009440 if (pat == NULL)
9441 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009442
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009443 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */
9444 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING);
9445 vim_free(pat);
9446 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009447 return;
9448
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009449 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
9450 return;
9451 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009452
9453 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
9454
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009455 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9456 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009457 char_u *path = fnames[i];
9458 int is_in_curdir;
9459 char_u *dir_end = gettail(path);
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009460 char_u *short_name;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009461
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009462 len = (int)STRLEN(path);
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009463 while (dir_end > path &&
Bram Moolenaar2d7c47d2010-08-10 19:50:26 +02009464# if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009465 *dir_end != '/'
9466#else
9467 !vim_ispathsep(*dir_end)
9468#endif
9469 )
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009470 mb_ptr_back(path, dir_end);
9471 is_in_curdir = STRNCMP(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0
9472 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009473
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009474 /*
9475 * If the file is in the current directory,
9476 * and it is not unique,
9477 * reduce it to ./{filename}
9478 * FIXME ^ Is this portable?
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009479 *
9480 * Note: If the full filename is /curdir/foo/bar/{filename}, we don't
9481 * want to shorten it to ./foo/bar/{filename} yet because 'path' might
9482 * contain ". / * *", in which case the shortened filename could be
9483 * shorter than ./foo/bar/{filename}.
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009484 */
9485 if (is_in_curdir)
9486 {
9487 char_u *rel_path;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009488
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009489 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009490 if (short_name == NULL)
9491 short_name = path;
9492 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i))
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009493 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009494 STRMOVE(path, short_name);
9495 continue;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009496 }
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009497
9498 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name)
9499 + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2));
9500 if (rel_path == NULL)
9501 goto theend;
9502
9503 /* FIXME Is "." a portable way of denoting the current directory? */
9504 STRCPY(rel_path, ".");
9505 add_pathsep(rel_path);
9506 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name);
9507
9508 if (len < (int)STRLEN(rel_path))
9509 {
9510 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9511 fnames[i] = alloc((int)(STRLEN(rel_path) + 1));
9512 if (fnames[i] == NULL)
9513 {
9514 vim_free(rel_path);
9515 goto theend;
9516 }
9517 }
9518
9519 STRCPY(fnames[i], rel_path);
9520 vim_free(rel_path);
9521 sort_again = 1;
9522 }
9523 else
9524 {
9525 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */
9526 char_u *pathsep_p;
9527 char_u *path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga);
9528
9529 /* we start at the end of the path */
9530 pathsep_p = path + len - 1;
9531
9532 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p))
9533 if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0)
9534 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i)
9535 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff)
9536 {
9537 sort_again = 1;
9538 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p));
9539 break;
9540 }
9541 }
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009542
9543 if (mch_isFullName(path))
9544 {
9545 /*
9546 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible.
9547 * 'possible' means:
9548 * 1. It is under the current directory.
9549 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original.
9550 *
9551 * Before curdir After
9552 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt
9553 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt
9554 * /file.txt / /file.txt
9555 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt
9556 */
9557 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
9558 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1)
9559 {
9560 STRCPY(path, ".");
9561 add_pathsep(path);
9562 STRCAT(path, short_name);
9563 }
9564 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009565 }
9566
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009567theend:
9568 vim_free(curdir);
9569 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009570 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009571
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009572 if (sort_again)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009573 {
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009574 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len);
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009575 remove_duplicates(gap);
9576 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009577}
9578
9579/*
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009580 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the
9581 * result in "gap".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009582 * Returns the total number of matches.
9583 */
9584 static int
9585expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags)
9586 garray_T *gap;
9587 char_u *pattern;
9588 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9589{
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009590 char_u *curdir;
9591 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009592 char_u *files = NULL;
9593 char_u *s; /* start */
9594 char_u *e; /* end */
9595 char_u *paths = NULL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009596
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009597 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009598 return 0;
9599 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
9600
9601 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
9602 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar006d2b02010-08-04 12:39:44 +02009603 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0)
9604 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009605
9606 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga);
9607 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
9608 if (paths == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009609 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009610
9611 files = globpath(paths, pattern, 0);
9612 vim_free(paths);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009613 if (files == NULL)
9614 return 0;
9615
9616 /* Copy each path in files into gap */
9617 s = e = files;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009618 while (*s != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009619 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009620 while (*e != '\n' && *e != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009621 e++;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009622 if (*e == NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009623 {
9624 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9625 break;
9626 }
9627 else
9628 {
9629 /* *e is '\n' */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009630 *e = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009631 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9632 e++;
9633 s = e;
9634 }
9635 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009636 vim_free(files);
9637
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009638 return gap->ga_len;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009639}
9640#endif
9641
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009642#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
9643/*
9644 * Remove adjacent duplicate entries from "gap", which is a list of file names
9645 * in allocated memory.
9646 */
9647 void
9648remove_duplicates(gap)
9649 garray_T *gap;
9650{
9651 int i;
9652 int j;
9653 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9654
9655 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i)
9656 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0)
9657 {
9658 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9659 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j)
9660 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j];
9661 --gap->ga_len;
9662 }
9663}
9664#endif
9665
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009666/*
9667 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9668 *
9669 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9670 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9671 *
9672 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9673 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9674 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9675 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9676 */
9677 int
9678gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9679 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9680 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9681 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9682 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9683 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9684{
9685 int i;
9686 garray_T ga;
9687 char_u *p;
9688 static int recursive = FALSE;
9689 int add_pat;
9690
9691 /*
9692 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9693 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9694 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9695 * return FAIL.
9696 */
9697 if (recursive)
9698#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9699 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9700#else
9701 return FAIL;
9702#endif
9703
9704#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9705 /*
9706 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9707 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9708 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9709 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9710 */
9711 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9712 {
9713 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9714# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9715 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9716# endif
9717 )
9718 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9719 }
9720#endif
9721
9722 recursive = TRUE;
9723
9724 /*
9725 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9726 */
9727 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9728
9729 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9730 {
9731 add_pat = -1;
9732 p = pat[i];
9733
9734#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9735 if (vim_backtick(p))
9736 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9737 else
9738#endif
9739 {
9740 /*
9741 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9742 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009743 if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009744 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009745 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009746 if (p == NULL)
9747 p = pat[i];
9748#ifdef UNIX
9749 /*
9750 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9751 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9752 * found file names and start all over again.
9753 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009754 else if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009755 {
9756 vim_free(p);
Bram Moolenaar782027e2009-06-24 14:25:49 +00009757 ga_clear_strings(&ga);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009758 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9759 flags);
9760 recursive = FALSE;
9761 return i;
9762 }
9763#endif
9764 }
9765
9766 /*
9767 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9768 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9769 * the pattern.
9770 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9771 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9772 */
9773 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009774 {
9775#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9776 if (*p != '.' && !vim_ispathsep(*p) && (flags & EW_PATH))
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009777 {
9778 /* recursiveness is OK here */
9779 recursive = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009780 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags);
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009781 recursive = TRUE;
9782 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009783 else
9784#endif
9785 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9786 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009787 }
9788
9789 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9790 {
9791 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9792
9793#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9794 slash_to_colon(t);
9795#endif
9796 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9797 * "vim c:/" work. */
9798 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9799 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9800 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9801 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9802 vim_free(t);
9803 }
9804
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009805#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9806 if (flags & EW_PATH)
9807 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p);
9808#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009809 if (p != pat[i])
9810 vim_free(p);
9811 }
9812
9813 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9814 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9815
9816 recursive = FALSE;
9817
9818 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9819}
9820
9821# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9822
9823/*
9824 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9825 */
9826 static int
9827vim_backtick(p)
9828 char_u *p;
9829{
9830 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9831}
9832
9833/*
9834 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9835 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9836 * Returns number of file names found.
9837 */
9838 static int
9839expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9840 garray_T *gap;
9841 char_u *pat;
9842 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9843{
9844 char_u *p;
9845 char_u *cmd;
9846 char_u *buffer;
9847 int cnt = 0;
9848 int i;
9849
9850 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9851 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9852 if (cmd == NULL)
9853 return 0;
9854
9855#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9856 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009857 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009858 else
9859#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009860 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9861 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009862 vim_free(cmd);
9863 if (buffer == NULL)
9864 return 0;
9865
9866 cmd = buffer;
9867 while (*cmd != NUL)
9868 {
9869 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9870 p = cmd;
9871 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9872 ++p;
9873 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9874 if (p > cmd)
9875 {
9876 i = *p;
9877 *p = NUL;
9878 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9879 *p = i;
9880 ++cnt;
9881 }
9882 cmd = p;
9883 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9884 ++cmd;
9885 }
9886
9887 vim_free(buffer);
9888 return cnt;
9889}
9890# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9891
9892/*
9893 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9894 * EW_DIR add directories
9895 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009896 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009897 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9898 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9899 */
9900 void
9901addfile(gap, f, flags)
9902 garray_T *gap;
9903 char_u *f; /* filename */
9904 int flags;
9905{
9906 char_u *p;
9907 int isdir;
9908
9909 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9910 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9911 return;
9912
9913#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9914 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9915 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9916 return;
9917#endif
9918
9919 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9920 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9921 return;
9922
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009923 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9924 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9925 return;
9926
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009927 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9928 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9929 return;
9930
9931 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9932 if (p == NULL)
9933 return;
9934
9935 STRCPY(p, f);
9936#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9937 slash_adjust(p);
9938#endif
9939 /*
9940 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9941 */
9942#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
9943 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
9944 add_pathsep(p);
9945#endif
9946 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009947}
9948#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
9949
9950#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
9951
9952#ifndef SEEK_SET
9953# define SEEK_SET 0
9954#endif
9955#ifndef SEEK_END
9956# define SEEK_END 2
9957#endif
9958
9959/*
9960 * Get the stdout of an external command.
9961 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
9962 */
9963 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009964get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009965 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009966 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009967 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
9968{
9969 char_u *tempname;
9970 char_u *command;
9971 char_u *buffer = NULL;
9972 int len;
9973 int i = 0;
9974 FILE *fd;
9975
9976 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
9977 return NULL;
9978
9979 /* get a name for the temp file */
9980 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
9981 {
9982 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
9983 return NULL;
9984 }
9985
9986 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009987 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009988 if (command == NULL)
9989 goto done;
9990
9991 /*
9992 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
9993 * Don't check timestamps here.
9994 */
9995 ++no_check_timestamps;
9996 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
9997 --no_check_timestamps;
9998
9999 vim_free(command);
10000
10001 /*
10002 * read the names from the file into memory
10003 */
10004# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +000010005 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010006 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
10007# else
10008 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
10009# endif
10010
10011 if (fd == NULL)
10012 {
10013 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
10014 goto done;
10015 }
10016
10017 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
10018 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
10019 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
10020
10021 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
10022 if (buffer != NULL)
10023 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
10024 fclose(fd);
10025 mch_remove(tempname);
10026 if (buffer == NULL)
10027 goto done;
10028#ifdef VMS
10029 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
10030#endif
10031 if (i != len)
10032 {
10033 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
10034 vim_free(buffer);
10035 buffer = NULL;
10036 }
10037 else
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +020010038 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010039
10040done:
10041 vim_free(tempname);
10042 return buffer;
10043}
10044#endif
10045
10046/*
10047 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
10048 * functions.
10049 */
10050 void
10051FreeWild(count, files)
10052 int count;
10053 char_u **files;
10054{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +000010055 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010056 return;
10057#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
10058 /*
10059 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
10060 * been used???
10061 */
10062 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
10063#else
10064 while (count--)
10065 vim_free(files[count]);
10066 vim_free(files);
10067#endif
10068}
10069
10070/*
Bram Moolenaara9dc3752010-07-11 20:46:53 +020010071 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010072 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
10073 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
10074 */
10075 int
10076goto_im()
10077{
10078 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
10079}